Skip to main content

Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology

Degree:
Bachelor of Engineering

Degree title:
Insinööri (AMK), Bachelor of Engineering

Credits:
240 ects

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 15.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 29.10.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Taisto Suominen
Teacher in charge

Taisto Suominen

Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the module, the student is able:
- to understand the technical asset pipeline for 2D game graphics
- to create 2D content for video games and other digital media
- to use various software for content creation
- to understand the roles and tasks for 2D graphics in the game industry

Content

- 2D tools
- 2D asset creation
- 2D animation tools and techniques
- UI graphics and tools
- Modern approaches for 2D content creation for game engines

Materials

Lecturer's material and live sessions. Software manufacturer specific online references and materials
Additional material and reading material shared through Itslearning for each week's theme.
We will be using Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator. You can utilize the lab classroom each day from 4:00 pm until 8:00 pm or you can buy student licence from Adobe. Read more about the Adobe TUAS Student licence in Messi intranet.

Teaching methods

The course will be delivered through close contact sessions and the core learning will take place in a tutorial fashion with laboratory assignments and homework.

Although peer-assisted learning is encouraged, students are expected to produce individual deliverable (in other words, no group work).

The students are expected to give peer feedback on specified laboratory assignments and homework.

The course will be using Itslearning as the learning platform

Exam schedules

No exam dates;
This course does not have any retake possibilities. Failing the course means that students will have to repeat it the following year.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration, if you have experience from industry or experience that is compatible with the course content. Discuss with the instructor when the course starts for demonstration

Student workload

This course requires students to work 135 hours and is divided as follows:
- Contact sessions and Instructed laboratory work 48 hours
- Individual work with assignments and material review 87 hours
All course work is individual

Content scheduling

Course starts on 29.8.2022 and ends 21.10.2022. The course is held onsite at campus with close contact. Each student attending to the laboratory must follow the Covid-19 guidelines.
Each week Monday and Thursday will be contact session at laboratory C3031. The laboratory assignments and home works is related to the topic of the week.
The Schedule:
Week 36 Course Introduction, 2D Graphics in Games, intro to Adobe Photoshop
Week 37 Tools For 2D Graphics: Photoshop continues
Week 38 Tools For 2D Graphics: Vector graphics Adobe Photoshop&Illustrator
Week 39 Tools For 2D Graphics: Illustrator continues
Week 40 Unity 2D: tools & techniques
Week 41 Unity 2D: tools & techniques
Week 42 WORK ON YOUR OWN - 2D Game Art
Week 43 Unity 2D: tools & techniques


Assignments changes every week and assignments needs to returned before next weeks live session. No feedback available for late submission. Last assignment must be returned before 31.10.2023

Further information

Each student attending to the laboratory must follow Covid-19 guidelines.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment will be based on the individual assignments submitted in the Itslearning workspace .

The lecturer evaluates each assignments from 0-5. To pass the course, students are expected to submit at least 75 % of the assignments. Final grade will be average of assignment grades multiplied by return percent (non-returned assignments are counted as 0). Active participation to the course, discussion and assignments will affect positively.

The students are expected to give peer feedback on specified laboratory assignments and homework. Failing to participate to the peer feedback will result -1 grade to the final evaluation.
Late submission will affect negatively to the evaluation. Last assignment must be returned before 30.10.2023

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student submits less than 75% of the assignments

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 1-2
The quality of the submitted assignments are poor and it is visible that the student has not spent the required time with the assignment

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 3-4
The quality of the submitted assignments are good and it is visible that the student has spent the required time with the assignment but the student has not challenged his/her skills or the assignment lacks the final effort to improve it.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 5
The quality of the submitted assignments are excellent and it is visible that the student has spent the required time or more with the assignment. The student has challenged his/her skills and researched more about the topic to improve the end result and his/her skills.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 05.11.2023

Timing

30.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Taisto Suominen
Teacher in charge

Taisto Suominen

Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the module, the student is able:
- to understand the technical asset pipeline for 3D game graphics
- to create 3D content for video games other digital media
- to use various software for content creation
- to understand the roles and tasks for 3D graphics in the game industry

Content

- 3D modelling and animation for game engines
- 3D asset creation
- Character modelling
- Modular design
- Lighting and texturing techniques and tools in game engines
- Modern approaches for 3D content creation for game engines

Materials

Lecturer's material and live sessions. Software manufacturer specific online references and materials
Group chat on Discord. Additional material and reading material shared through Itslearning for each week's theme.

Teaching methods

The course will be delivered through contact sessions and the core learning will take place in a tutorial fashion with laboratory assignments and homework.

Although peer-assisted learning is encouraged, students are expected to produce individual deliverables (in other words, no group work).

The students are expected to give peer feedback on specified laboratory assignments and homework.

The course will be using Itslearning as the learning platform.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration, if you have experience from industry or experience that is compatible with the course content contact the lecturer.

Student workload

This course requires students to work 135 hours and is divided as follows:
- Contact sessions and instructed laboratory work 48 hours
- Individual homework 87 hours
All course work is individual

Content scheduling

Course starts on 30.10.2022 and ends 14.12.2022. The course will be held onsite at game laboratory. Tasks and guidance are given at the laboratory classroom.

Each Monday and Thursday contact session in the laboratory C3031. The laboratory assignments and homework are related to the topic of the week.

Week 44 Course Introduction, 3D Graphics in Games, Game engines & tools, content creation inside game engine.
Week 45 Unity: Render pipelines, asset preparation, shader & VFX graph
Week 46 Unity: Lighting in Unity, post process etc
Week 47 Substance Sampler, Authoring PBR materials & Substance in Game Engines
Week 48 Substance Painter & game asset pipeline
Week 49 Substance Painter & game asset pipeline
Week 50 Substance Designer
Week 51 Personal work on assignments.

Assignment changes each week and assignment needs to be returned before next week’s live session. Late submission will affect negatively to the evaluation. Last assignment must be returned before 19.12.2022.

Further information

All communication trough Itslearning.
This course is prioritized for Game and Interactive Technology Students. Additional students can join only if there are available seats in the game lab.
Recommended Prerequisites:
Game Development Essentials
Introduction to Game Development Tools
Project Course in Game Development
Strong recommendation for basics of 3D Modeling

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment will be based on the individual assignments submitted in the Itslearning workspace.
The lecturer evaluates each assignments from 0-5. To pass the course, students are expected to submit at least 75 % of the assignments. Final grade will be average of assignment grades multiplied by return percent (non-returned assignments are counted as 0). Active participation to the course, discussion and assignments will affect positively.

The students are expected to give peer feedback on specified laboratory assignments and homework. Failing to participate to the peer feedback will result -1 grade to the final evaluation.

Assignment changes each week and assignment needs to returned before next weeks live session.No feedback for late assignment submissions. Last assignment must be returned before 20.12.2023

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student submits less than 75% of the assignments

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 1-2
The quality of the submitted assignments are poor and it is visible that the student has not spent the required time with the assignment

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 3-4
The quality of the submitted assignments are good and it is visible that the student has spent the required time with the assignment but the student has not challenged his/her skills or the assignment lacks the final effort to improve it.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 5
The quality of the submitted assignments are excellent and it is visible that the student has spent the required time or more with the assignment. The student has challenged his/her skills and researched more about the topic to improve the end result

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

02.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Juha Saarinen
Teacher in charge

Juha Saarinen

Objective

After completing this course the student is able
- to create 3D models and understand 3D modeling workflow
- to craft textures and materials for the models
- to animate objects and characters

Content

- Fundamentals of 3D modeling techniques
- Introduction to texturing, materials and lighting for 3D content creation
- Basics in animating techniques

Materials

Contact sessions twice a week lecture 2h and labworking 3h. Group chat on Discord for those who are interested. Course material and information shared through itslearning.

Teaching methods

Weekly contact sessions and weekly assignments.

Exam schedules

There are no exams on this coure.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration, if you have experience from industry or experience that is compatible with the course content

Student workload

One lecture 2h, one labwork session 3h. One prelab and one weekly assignment per week. Prelab is starter for the weekly assignment and it need to be done before labwork. During labwork student is working with weekly assignment. Weekly assignment is finished independently.

Estimated work time is 9 hours every week (5 in contact session and 4 independent work) that make 135 hours total.

Content scheduling

Content is separated in three main categories: Modeling, Materials and Animation. All work is done with Blender.

Course starts at week 2 and last contact session is at week 17 Totally 15 times. Assignments changes every week and assignments need to be returned before next weeks contact session.

Lesson 1: Blender GUI and primitives
Lesson 2: Modeling - "box modeling"
Lesson 3: Modeling - from scratch "polygon modeling"
Lesson 4: Modeling - Boolean modeling
Lesson 5: Modeling - retopology
Lesson 6: Modeling - Sculpting
Lesson 7: Modeling - Own modeling work
Lesson 8: Materials - Materials and Lightning (Cycles)
Lesson 9: Materials - UV map and textures
Lesson 10: Materials - Texture baking
Lesson 11: Animation - Animation tools
Lesson 12: Animation - Animation with bone parenting
Lesson 13: Animation - Character rigging
Lesson 14: Animation - Walk cycle
Lesson 15: Animation - Drivers and shape keys

Further information

Course material and information shared through itslearning.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment will be based on the individual assignments submitted in the itslearning course platform.

Teacher evaluates the assignments. To pass the course, students are expected to turn in at least 75 % of the assignments. Final grade will be average of assignment grades multiplied by return percent (non-returned assignments are counted as 0).

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student submits less than 75% of the assignments

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 1-2
The quality of the submitted assignments are poor and it is visible that the student has not spent the required time with the assignment

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 3-4
The quality of the submitted assignments are good and it is visible that the student has spent the required time with the assignment but the student has not challenged his/her skills or the assignment lacks the final effort to improve it.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 5
The quality of the submitted assignments are excellent and it is visible that the student has spent the required time or more with the assignment. The student has challenged his/her skills and researched more about the topic to improve the end result

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 10.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

RDI portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 80

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Sanna Määttä
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Marika Säisä
Groups
  • PTIVIS20O
    Software engineering and Project Management

Objective

Further deepening knowledge of more challenging ICT project work and the most used methods and technologies of software projects.

Content

Project work in an international project team in ICT projects.
Substance knowledge of different ICT field -related topics.
Working life skills (team working, communication, time management, professional attitude and taking responsibility) and problem-solving skills.

Materials

Various internet sources, links & descriptions online.
Lecture slides.
theFIRMA's and course's Itslearning.

Teaching methods

Group work and independent work, project work, online/on-site activities

Exam schedules

no exam

International connections

Practical assignments and reports
Project work
Self study

Completion alternatives

Project work part can be done in a company, if student has a ICT-related job.

Student workload

Assignments, lectures, self study: 135 hours
Project work: 135 hours

Majority of project work is done on-site.

Content scheduling

This course deepens further knowledge of challenging ICT project work and the most used methods, standards and technologies of software projects. Students will team up for a project work on customer projects related to ICT field. Customer projects develop students’ working life skills (among others: technical, team working, communication, time management, professional attitude and taking responsibility) and problem solving skills.

Project teams are usually international and the official communication language is usually English. This develops students’ ability to multicultural communication and collaboration.

Further information

-

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments and reports: diagnostic assessment.

Project work: formative assessment based on self and peer assessment, customer’s feedback (if available) and project manager’s feedback.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

No show, not carrying out responsibilities, disappearing from project, lack of communication with project team.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Satisfactory performance both in project work and independent work.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Good performance both in project work and independent work.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Excellent performance both in project work and independent work.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 11.01.2024

Timing

11.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mika Koivunen
Teacher in charge

Pia Satopää

Groups
  • PTIVIS21T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS21dncs
    PTIETS21 Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Materials

Materials used in the course:

1. ISO27005 standardi
2. Sutton, David (2021): Information security risk management : a practitioner's guide: https://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/turkuamk-ebooks/detail.action?docID=6733537
3. Ilmonen, I. & al. (2022): Johda riskejä: käytännön opas yrityksen riskienhallintaan: https://turkuamk.finna.fi/Record/turkuamk.995697291505970?sid=3091696371
4. https://www.enisa.europa.eu/publications/interoperable-eu-risk-management-framework
5. Enisa Threat Landscape 2023 https://www.enisa.europa.eu/publications/enisa-threat-landscape-2023

And potentially other relevant materials

Teaching methods

Theoretical part through lectures and independent study. Guidance through remote meetings as needed. Practical risk assessment work requires acquiring the target company and maintaining communication with the responsible party. On site meetings for guidance, peer support, sharing experiences, project presentations, and evaluations in the upcoming days

International connections

Active project-based learning and problem-solving

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Review of the theory section of the information security risk management course and an extensive risk management project

Content scheduling

Information and Cybersecurity are critical areas in modern organizations, and the importance of risk management has been further emphasized. This practical project-based course in risk management provides students with an opportunity to apply the principles and methods of information and cybersecurity risk management in practice. The course aims to develop students' skills in risk identification, assessment, and management, preparing them for future careers in the field of information and cybersecurity.

Course Content:

Prerequisite for this course is a course in information security risk management, covering the ISO 27005 standard risk management process. Students should have a good understanding of the stages of the information and cybersecurity risk management process, including risk identification, assessment, management, and monitoring. The process and stages are reviewed at the beginning of this course.

The student acquires a small or medium-sized organization for which they will conduct a risk assessment. The student is responsible for contacting the organization's representatives. The work can be done individually or in pairs

Students will apply the ISO 27005 standard, along with other risk management frameworks and best practices, to their selected target organization. They will perform the risk assessment and document the results. At the end of the course, students will compile a final report, including the risk assessment findings and recommendations for the target organization. They will present their findings to the class and possibly to representatives from the chosen organization.

Requirements:

Participation in this course requires prior knowledge of information and cybersecurity risk management. Students must also select a target organization for the risk assessment.

This course offers students a unique opportunity to apply their knowledge of risk management to a real-world project and prepares them for careers in the field of information and cybersecurity.

Timeframe:
Spring 2024. Bi-weekly in-person meetings and bi-weekly online meetings based on separate reservations

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Review task for the theory section 10%
Implementation, documentation, and feedback from the organization for the risk assessment 90%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

No risk assessment has been conducted

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

A brief risk assessment and satisfactory feedback from the organization.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

A fairly comprehensive risk assessment and positive feedback from the organization

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

A comprehensive risk assessment and excellent feedback from the organization

Enrollment

26.07.2023 - 14.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Kimmo Tarkkanen
  • Ali Khan
Groups
  • PTIVIS21O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIETS21sepm
    PTIETS21 Software engineering and Project Management

Materials

Task-specific material to be announced separately in Its Learning

Teaching methods

- Weekly face-to-face meetings with lecture teaching and small group work
- Learning by doing and experimenting (exercise tasks, project work, information search)
- Small group work and peer learning
- Self-study material
- Teacher guidance and examples

International connections

Innovation pedagogy

Completion alternatives

Ask the teacher about possible alternative methods of execution

Student workload

135h

Content scheduling

The content of the course is divided into three areas: analysis, planning and evaluation.
In the first part, the acquisition of user data is practiced as a basis for planning. In the second part, you practice creating an interactive user interface. In the third part, user interface and user experience evaluation methods are practiced.
- Basics of user orientation and usability
- User research and information acquisition methods
- Design sprints and creating an interactive user interface
- Usability assessment methods and tools
- Design and execution of usability tests

Further information

Course material and assignments in Its Learning.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The subject of the evaluation is the familiarity with the design context conveyed by task feedback, documentation, presentations and discussions, the creativity and versatility of attitudes and views when looking for a design solution, as well as the care and understanding of the meaning of the design and implementation of the evaluation.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 14.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 25.02.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Víctor Blanco Bataller
  • Taisto Suominen
Teacher in charge

Taisto Suominen

Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Understand agile utilization of interactive technologies, known from the entertainment industry, in different field of operation
- Understand the values of an attractive user interface design and positive user experience when using interactive technologies – such as virtual reality headsets, augmented reality devices and similar
- Critically evaluate and correct UX designs to suit the needs of target users
- Integrate sound UX principals into the application development for various interactive technologies
- Make use of the latest standards and tools for evaluating interactive technology UIs
- Develop appealing user interfaces (UI) for specific interactive technology applications
- Apply subjective analysis techniques for immersive sound validation

Content

- User interface design standards from latest academic literature
- User experience design standards from latest academic literature
- Principles of user-centred design and quick prototyping by using interactive UX solutions with certain novelty value for new applications
- UI development tools and evaluation metrics
- UX measurement approaches and methods
- Room acoustics, sound source identification and hearing

Materials

Unity Create with VR online material AR Workshop material by TUAS. All necessary documentation and other material toward the successful completion of the Advanced UX and UI course will be shared with students throughout the course via Itslearning

Teaching methods

The course will be delivered through practical Game Lab work. Peer-assisted learning is required throughout the course.

The course material, assignments and direct instructions will be shared through Itslearning. Students will be granted access to the Teams page based on an active course registration in the Peppi system.

Mandatory participation for 70% of the close contact and laboratory sessions.

Exam schedules

There are no exams for this course.

This course does not have any retake possibilities. Failing the course means that students will have to repeat it the following year.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration, if you have experience from industry or experience that is compatible with the course content contact the lecturer.

Student workload

This course requires students to work 135 hours and is divided as follows:
-First lecture and individual assignment 6h
-Assisted laboratory work: 119 hours
-Homework: 10h
Course has individual work and 2 group assignments.

Each group assignment:

- We will introduce the topic, present the learning material and define the assignment deliverable;
- Student groups will be required to conduct independent preliminary research on the assignment topic;
- Student groups must familiarize themselves with the assignment technology.
- Student groups must conduct the work to complete the assignment deliverable.

All assignment submissions will be demo presentation for 15 minute of the group’s assignment deliverable.

Content scheduling

1st Session
Course, Technology and assignment introductions.
Individual assignments
2nd Session
Students starts working with Unity Create With VR Material
8th Session
Student groups starts working with VR-projects and complete assignment’s instructions.
13th Session
Student groups present their VR-projects and AR Workshop
15th Session
Student groups starts working with AR-projects and complete assignment’s instructions.
18th Session
Student groups present their AR-projects and course ends.

Further information

The practical elements of the course will be supported with the assistance of FIT-research group engineer who will also act as industry expert for evaluating group performance in the assignments.

The course material, assignments and direct instructions will be shared through Itslearning. Students will be granted access to the Itslearning based on an active course registration in the Peppi system.

Passing this course is a prerequisite for continuing with Serious Game Project Course and 4th-year studies – no exceptions will be made.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Mandatory participation for 70% of the close contact and laboratory sessions.
The course consists of 2 group assignments.
- Assignment 1: Create a VR project based on the instructions
- Assignment 2: Create an AR enhanced application

The class will be divided into groups of 4 students each. - Each group will complete both assignments.

Student groups must submit all individual assignments and 2 group assignments to be eligible to pass the course - failure to submit an assignment will cause the entire group to fail the course. The group work will be assessed as peer evaluation.

The course is evaluated as follows:
- Individual assignment: Lecturer overall impression of assignment (H-5).
GROUP grade:
- Industry expert evaluation of each assignment (H-5);
- Lecturer overall impression of each assignment (H-5).
- Peer evaluation after each assignment (H-5).
The average of these gives a group grade for each student.

INDIVIDUAL student per group grade
Each student will also be measured on their contribution for the entire course. That is, at the end of the course each student in every group will be given the opportunity to conduct a self- and peer-evaluation of their individual team member performance and contribution for all 3 assignments. From this evaluation, each student will have a:
- Self assessment of the contribution made;
- Group member evaluation of the contribution made;
The average of these gives an individual grade for each student.

The final course grade for each student is calculated by:
(GROUP grade x 0,5) + (INDIVIDUAL grade x 0,5)

Based on peer feedback and course presenter observations, the lecturers may use their discretion to fail or lower the grade of individual students.

Passing this course is a prerequisite for continuing with Serious Game Project Course and 4th-year studies – no exceptions will be made.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failure to submit individual assignment or any of the 2 group assignments will cause the entire group to fail the course.
Individual non-participation as determined by the peer-evaluation will also lead to failing the course.
Failure to participate for 70% of the close contact and laboratory sessions.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- Deliverable contains a few of the features outlined in the assignment
- Did not adequately apply preliminary research to complete the assignment
- Deliverable is incoherent or does not work

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

- Deliverable contains most of the features outlined in the assignment
- Adequately applied preliminary research to complete the assignment, but lacking creativity
- Deliverable is coherent and functions as required by the assignment

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Deliverable contains all the features outlined in the assignment
- Creatively applied preliminary research to complete the assignment
- Deliverable is coherent and exceeds the assignment requirements

Enrollment

23.08.2023 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.09.2023 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Anne Jumppanen
  • Juha Saarinen
  • Sanna Määttä
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Noora Maritta Nieminen
  • Tommi Tuomola
Groups
  • PINFOK23
    Information and Communications Technology, K23
  • PTIETS23
  • PIOTK22
    Degree Programme in Information Technology, Cyber Security and IoT
  • PTIVIS23
    Information and Communication Technology
  • PINFOS23
  • PTIETS22
  • PTIVIS22
  • PINFOS22

Objective

After completing this course student can:

Install Git Bash
Initialize repository and commit code to Git
Create, use and merge branches
Use stashing and unstashing
Use Git remotes, push and pull code from Git remotes

Content

Basic use of Git locally and Git remotes.

Materials

In Itslearning
Internet

Teaching methods

Self study
Practical assignment

Exam schedules

No exam

International connections

Self study

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Practical assignment and self study 27 hours

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Course is passed, if the assignment is done and returned according to instructions.

Content scheduling

Course is a self-paced non-stop course about the basic use of Git locally and Git remotes (such as GitLab).

After completing this course student can:
Install Git Bash
Initialize repository and commit code to Git repository using Git bash
Create, use and merge branches
Use stashing and unstashing
Use Git remotes, push and pull code from Git remotes

Enroll to course in Peppi. After teachers have accepted your enrollment in Peppi, you should see the course's workspace in Itslearning automatically (within a few days due to delay in the Peppi <> Itslearning integration).

Further information

Itslearning

Enroll to course in Peppi. When your enrollment is accepted, you'll get access to course's Itslearning (within a day or two after enrollment acceptance).

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

Quality of the returned assignment.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 16.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tommi Tuomola
Teacher in charge

Tommi Tuomola

Groups
  • PTIVIS21H
    Terveysteknologia

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- describe basic solutions for data architectures and big data
- select and use suitable data architecture
- apply ETL process and tools for handling of big data

Content

Architecture and Components of Big Data Frameworks
ETL process with Big Data for batch and streaming
Practical work with suitable tools and frameworks

Materials

Teacher provided lecture material
Supporting public online material
Teacher provided virtual machines
All needed material (or at least a link to them) will be available in itslearning.

Teaching methods

Contact learning, practical exercises, independent study

International connections

Given examples and exercises support each topic studied during the lectures. Additional material in the form of tutorials and reliable information sources is provided.

Student workload

Contact hours 56 h
Inpendent studying 79h, including:
- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Project

Content scheduling

-Introduction to data engineering
-The basic idea of data engineering methods and pipelines
-different components
-integration of said components (MQ systems)
-data engineering frameworks (Apache family)

Further information

Itslearning and contact classes are the main communication channels used on this course.

The student is required to have a computer capable of running a simple Ubuntu virtual machine.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Homework exercises returned throughout the course
Small project at the end of the course

Enrollment

29.11.2023 - 18.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tommi Tuomola
Teacher in charge

Tommi Tuomola

Groups
  • PTIETS22deai
    PTIETS22 Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS22I
    Data Engineering and AI

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- describe basic solutions for data architectures and big data
- select and use suitable data architecture
- apply ETL process and tools for handling of big data

Content

Architecture and Components of Big Data Frameworks
ETL process with Big Data for batch and streaming
Practical work with suitable tools and frameworks

Materials

Teacher provided lecture material
Supporting public online material
Teacher provided virtual machines
All needed material (or at least a link to them) will be available in itslearning.

Teaching methods

Contact learning, practical exercises, independent study

International connections

Given examples and exercises support each topic studied during the lectures. Additional material in the form of tutorials and reliable information sources is provided.

Student workload

Contact hours 56 h
Inpendent studying 79h, including:
- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Project

Content scheduling

-The basic idea of data engineering methods and pipelines
-different components
-integration of said components (MQ systems)
-data engineering frameworks (Apache family)
-The goal of the course is to be able to build a data pipeline from start to finish

Further information

Itslearning and contact classes are the main communication channels used on this course.

The student is required to have a computer capable of running a simple Ubuntu virtual machine.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Homework exercises returned throughout the course
Small project at the end of the course

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 18.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 105

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Juha Saarinen
Scheduling groups
  • Laskuharjoitusryhmä 1 (Size: 55. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Laskuharjoitusryhmä 2 (Size: 55. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PTIVIS22A
    PTIVIS22A
  • PTIVIS22B
    PTIVIS22B
  • PTIVIS22C
    PTIVIS22C
Small groups
  • Laskuharjoitusryhmä 1
  • Laskuharjoitusryhmä 2

Objective

After completing the course the student can
- use derivatives to analyze functions
- use differentials to approximate changes and errors
- use integrals to calculate e.g. areas and volumes, mean values and square mean values
- solve integrable and 1. order separable differential equations
- use relevant mathematical denotation correctly

Content

- Limits
- The derivative
- Differentials
- Antiderivatives and the definite integral
- Applications of differentiation and integration
- On differential equations

Materials

Kirja: Tuomenlehto, Holmlund et al.: Insinöörin matematiikka. Edita 2018.
Itslearningin kautta jaettava muu materiaali.

Teaching methods

lähiopetus, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu

Exam schedules

Osakokeet 1-3 oppitunneilla, ajankohdat ilmoitetaan kurssin aikana Itslearningissä. Tarvittaessa järjestetään uusintatentti.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan matemaattisia perustaitoja, jotka ovat insinöörityön perusta.

Completion alternatives

Kotitehtävät ja osakokeet (tai kurssin jälkeinen uusintatentti)

Student workload

Lähiopetusta n. 90 h.
Itsenäistä työskentelyä (opiskelumateriaali, tehtävät, osakokeisiin valmistautuminen) 45 h.
Yhteensä 135 h.

Content scheduling

- Raja-arvo
- Derivaatta
- Differentiaali
- Määräämätön ja määrätty integraali
- Differentiaali- ja integraalilaskennan sovelluksia
- Differentiaaliyhtälöistä

2x2h luento + 2h laskuharjoitus viikottain, 15 viikkoa

Further information

Edeltävyysehdot: Insinöörimatematiikan perusteet tai vastaavat tiedot ja taidot

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arvosana perustuu osakokeiden pistemääriin. Osakokeiden pistemäärää voi lisätä tekemällä kotitehtäviä. Itslearning alustalla julkaistaan taulukko, jonka perusteella suoritukset muutetaan kurssiarvosanaksi.

Qualifications

Precalculus course or equivalent skills

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 21.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student can
- use derivatives to analyze functions
- use differentials to approximate changes and errors
- use integrals to calculate e.g. areas and volumes, mean values and square mean values
- solve integrable and 1. order separable differential equations
- use relevant mathematical denotation correctly

Content

- Limits
- The derivative
- Differentials
- Antiderivatives and the definite integral
- Applications of differentiation and integration
- On differential equations

Materials

ITSL-alustalta löytyvä luento- ja tehtävämateriaali.

Teaching methods

Lähiopetus-luennot.
Tehtävien tekeminen yksin ja ryhmässä.
Kokeet

Exam schedules

Kaksi osakoetta.
OSAKOE1 on puolessa välissä kurssia oppituntien 1-12 jälkeen. Yksi uusinta.
OSAKOE2 on kurssin lopussa oppituntien 13-22 jälkeen. Yksi uusinta.
Kurssin päätyttyä kummankin osakokeen voi uusia vielä yhden kerran.

Student workload

Luennot 22*2h
Laskuharjoitukset 22*1h
Kokeet 2*2h
loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua

Content scheduling

Differentiaalilaskenta:
1 Muutosnopeus
2 Raja-arvo
3 Derivaatan määritelmä
4 Polynomin derivointi
5 Funktion kulkukaavio
6 Derivaattafunktion kuvaaja
7 Derivointikaavoja
8 Yhdistetyn funktion derivointi
9 Potenssin derivointi
10 Eksponentin ja logaritmin derivointi
11 Derivointimenetelmiä
12 Differentiaali

Integraalilaskenta:
13 Integraalifunktio
14 Integrointikaavoja
15 Yhdistetyn funktion integrointi
16 Määrätty integraali
17 Määrätyn integraalin ominaisuuksia
18 Pinta-ala
19 Tilavuus
20 Funktion keskiarvot
21 Integroituva differentiaaliyhtälö
22 Separoituva differentiaaliyhtälö

Further information

Sähköposti.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arvosana määräytyy osakokeista saadun yhteispistemäärän (max. 20+20=40) ja kotitehtävistä saadun pistemäärän (max. 10) perusteella seuraavan taulukon mukaisesti (osakokeista täytyy saada yhteensä vähintään 16 pistettä päästäkseen läpi kurssista):

Yhteispistemäärä Arvosana
0-15: 0
16-22: 1
23-29: 2
30-35: 3
36-42: 4
43-50: 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Qualifications

Precalculus course or equivalent skills

Enrollment

18.03.2024 - 26.04.2024

Timing

02.05.2024 - 14.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

16 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Ian Bowie
Groups
  • VAVA2324

Objective

By the end of the course students will have the knowledge to:
• Create a podcast concept
• Understand how to brand a podcast
• Assess and chooses recording equipment
• Script, record, and edit a podcast
• Understand the different distribution channels and assess their strengths and weaknesses
• Know how to market and promote a podcast
• Understand IPR and know where to access royalty free music

Content

Podcast concept and research
Branding
Scripting
Recording
Audio editing
Distribution
Transcription
Marketing
IPR

Materials

Teacher supplied material as required

Teaching methods

Interactive classroom lectures and group work. Students will work in self-assigned groups drawing from research and their own ideas, opinions and experiences.

Exam schedules

There is no exam for this course

International connections

Students will learn the process of podcast creation from initial concept through to recording and editing a finished 20 minute podcast episode. The course will include:
Developing a podcast concept
Creating a brand - including name and logo
Scripting
Transcription - AI as a help
Distribution channels
Recording - equipment, room requirements
Audio editing
Marketing
IPR

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

Classroom activities: 30 h
Group work: 20 h

Content scheduling

Podcast concepting and research
Researching podcast themes
Researching audiences
Researching niche opportunities
Researching formats - Interviews, music, discussion, reporting?
Researching how using AI can help with the concept

Further information

This course is for anyone with an interest in starting a podcast. It is practical with a strong emphasis on learning by doing. By the end of the course each group will have a fully defined podcast concept, a clear brand outline, a marketing roadmap and one ready to publish podcast episode in the bag. Although the language of instruction is English your podcast can be recorded in your language of preference.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment is a combination of teacher observation of student commitment, effort and engagement during lessons together with the standard of 4 completed classroom task based assignments. Students will be assessed on overall communicative competence and language appropriacy within specific communication contexts

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has insufficient attendance (has been absent in more than 4 classes). The student has not completed all the tasks. The student has completed tasks but they are not of an acceptable standard.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has completed the tasks with the minimum of set requirements stated in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks later than the given deadlines. The student has not addressed feedback provided by the teacher.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has completed the tasks well fulfilling most of the set requirements stated in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks within the given deadlines. The student has partly addressed feedback provided by the teacher. The student has reflected on their own performance and has been given peer feedback.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has completed the tasks very well fulfilling or surpassing the set requirements as stated in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks within the given deadlines or earlier and has addressed feedback provided by the teacher. The student has been giving quality peer feedback.

Enrollment

13.12.2023 - 01.02.2024

Timing

22.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Ali Khan
Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • VAVA2324

Objective

After completing the course the student:
is familiar with the basic concepts and principles of cryptology
understands some mathematical backgrounds of cryptography
knows how symmetric and asymmetric ciphers function
can explain the workings of some cryptographic applications

Content

• basic concepts and principles of cryptology
• mathematical backgrounds of cryptography
• symmetric and asymmetric ciphers
• some up to date cryptographic applications

Location and time

September – December 2018.

Materials

Understanding Cryptography by C. Paar and J. Pelz (Springer, 2010). Available in the library. Some chapters are available for free online.
Various internet sources, links & descriptions are provided in Itslearning.

Teaching methods

Classroom activities, group work and independent work; project work, task-based (homework).

Exam schedules

Exam dates will be published on ItsLearning

International connections

The contents of the course give understanding of the basic cryptographic tools and devices which are essential in the operating environment of an ICT engineer, such as all electronic and wireless communications, e-commerce applications etc.
Students will team up for a project work on some current and relevant aspect of cryptology. The teams will share their work to the whole group, which gives everyone a broader understanding on the topic.
Task-based assessment supports learning and is continuous throughout the course. Studying in an international group develops students’ ability to intercultural communication and multicultural collaboration.

Completion alternatives

By Exam:
If you choose to take the exam, your grading will be based on the following criteria:

Exercises: 40%
Project: 20%
Final Exam: 40%

By Assignments:
If you choose to complete the course by assignments then the following grading will be followed:

Exercises: 80%
Project: 20%

Regardless of the option you choose, we will follow the grading scale below:

Below 40%: F
40-59%: 1
60-79%: 2
80-85%: 3
86-90%: 4
90-100%: 5

.

Student workload

Classroom activities participation
Homework
Project work
Final exam (optional)

Content scheduling

• basic concepts and principles of cryptology
• mathematical backgrounds of cryptography
• symmetric and asymmetric ciphers
• some up to date cryptographic applications

January – April 2024.

Further information

Timetables in lukkari.turkuamk.fi.
Other practical information & materials in Itslearning.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

If you choose to take the exam, your grading will be based on the following criteria:

Exercises: 40%
Project: 20%
Final Exam: 40%

Otherwise, the grading will be as follows:

Exercises: 80%
Project: 20%

Regardless of the option you choose, we will follow the grading scale below:

Below 40%: F
40-59%: 1
60-79%: 2
80-85%: 3
86-90%: 4
90-100%: 5

.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Below 40%: F

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

40-59%: 1
60-79%: 2

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

80-85%: 3
86-90%: 4

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90-100%: 5

Qualifications

Basics of Mathematical Analysis, Number Theory and Algorithmics

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jani Vanharanta
Teacher in charge

Jani Vanharanta

Groups
  • PTIVIS21T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS21dncs
    PTIETS21 Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.08.2023 - 08.09.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mikko Kiuru
Teacher in charge

Mikko Kiuru

Groups
  • PTIVIS20T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

After successfully completing the course the student
- knows the most common industrial control systems and their key components
- can describe various cyber threats against industrial control systems and operations technology as well as their relevance
- understands how an industrial network protocol is utilized in an industrial control system
- can prepare a plan to protect industrial control system components
- knows the defense-in-depth safety principles for industrial control systems

Content

In the practical, hands-on lab exercises students
- test the functionality of industrial networks and weaknesses in industrial protocols
- plan and implement security enhancements in zone crossing conduit scenarios
- analyze the telemetry data of a programmable logic controller

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

29.11.2023 - 18.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Golnaz Sahebi
Teacher in charge

Golnaz Sahebi

Groups
  • PTIETS22deai
    PTIETS22 Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS22I
    Data Engineering and AI

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- Can define the main concepts related to machine learning
- Understands the value and the drivers for machine learning
- Can describe the processes of machine learning
- Can use some tools for data analytics and machine learning

Content

Machine learning process and methods
Practical work

Materials

Course book:

Aurélien Géron.
Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow
2nd Edition.
Publisher : O'Reilly Media; 2nd edition
(October 15, 2019)

We study chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, and 10 of the book. They have about 300 pages, but some are skipped over.

The course book can be read in electronic form from our institution's eBook Central database.

The course also has reading material, which will be announced during the course.

Exam schedules

No Exam.

International connections

The course includes approximately 13 guided working and theory sessions, 9 personal practice tasks and a group work final project.
*
Final project is done in groups of 3-4 people outside of guidance sessions. The group sets aside 15 minutes to present the group work during the last session.

Student workload

Contact hours (approximately):
- One introductionary session: 2h
- 13 times 3h theory and practice: 13 x 3h = 39 hours
- Final projects and presentations: 24 hours

Home work: approximately 70 hours

Total: approximately: 135 hours

Content scheduling

- Week 03: Course Introduction
- Week 04: Landscape of machine learning
- Week 05: Data exploration
- Week 06: Data preparation
- Week 07: Model training, selection, and evaluation
- Week 08: Winter break - Visualization (self-study)
- Week 09: Demonstrations of Exercises 1 – 4
- Week 10: Classification
- Week 11: Training models
- Week 12: Decision trees
- Week 13: Unsupervised learning
- Week 14: Guidance to team work
- Week 15: Introduction to Neural networks
- Week 16: Demonstrations of Exercises 5 – 9
- Week 17: Team work presentations


We proceed in general according to the chapters in the course book.

Further information

Qualifications:

- Python programming skills and skills in utilizing Pandas for data manipulation and Numpy for numerical operations and array handling are required.
- Basic knowledge of probability, statistics and linear algebra is also beneficial.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

- The course is graded on a scale of 0-5.
- In order to receive an approved performance, the student must receive an acceptable mark for both 1) personal practice tasks (exercises) and 2) teamwork project.
- You get points from the 9 homework exercises, which affect the evaluation by 3 units.
- Occasionally, there may be classwork exercises, but their points are mostly optional and are considered as bonuses.
- The project work also affects the evaluation by 2 units. The project work is graded in ITS from 0 to 5, which is influenced by both the teacher's assessment and the peer assessment given by the rest of the project team.
- The course can only be passed by doing both personal practice tasks and participating in teamwork project.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student does NOT participate in the project work or gets the project work grade 0 (Failed) OR did not get at least 40% of the points in the course exercises.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student got 40-59% of the points for the exercises in the course AND got a grade of 1 - 3 for the project work.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student got 60-84% of the points for the exercises in the course AND got a grade of 3 - 4 for the project work.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student got at least 85% of the points for the exercises in the course AND got a grade 5 for the project work.

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 17.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

10 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Ali Khan
Teacher in charge

Ali Khan

Groups
  • PTIETS22deai
    PTIETS22 Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS22I
    Data Engineering and AI

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the most common data structures
- apply the most common data structures and algorithms connected to the use of these structures
- evaluate the efficiency of algorithms.

Content

- lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs and hash tables
- analysing and evaluating algorithms
- designing algorithms
- sorting methods
- search algorithms

Materials

Material available via the learning environment (ITS).

Teaching methods

Weekly contact sessions when 3 hours for theory and practical exercises.
Additionally, weekly 1h sessions for questions and support in exercises.

International connections

The course has 12 three-hour contact sessions where teacher present theory and examples and students work with practical tasks.
Additionally, students are able to receive extra guidance for exercises.

Electronic materials are used in the course. In addition, guidance is also organized online in order to reduce the carbon footprint caused by movement.

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Contact hours
- Course introduction: 3 hours
- 12 times 3h theory and practice: 12 x 3h = 36 hours
- 10 times Questions & Support: 10 x 1h = 10 hours

Home work:
- Working with assignments: approximately 80 hours

Total: approximately 130 hours

Content scheduling

Week 2: Course introduction

Weeks 2 - 15
- Algorithms and algorithmic thinking
- Data structures
- Search algorithms
- Sorting algorithms

Contact hours according to lukkari.turkuamk.fi.

Further information

ITS and Teams.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is graded on a scale of 0-5.

You can achieve points from practical exercises in class room and home work exercises.
Around half of the exercises are done during the contact hours.

Additionally, there is an exam during the last contact session that will be used an option to pass the course with grade 1 or 2.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% points in the exercises OR Student does not passed the exam.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50% - 69% points in the exercises OR student has passed the test in the final contact session.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70% - 89% points in the exercises.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

At least 90% points in the exercises.

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming, or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 10.01.2024

Timing

10.01.2024 - 03.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

15 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Joint Elective Studies
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Shiho Torii
Groups
  • VAVA2324

Objective

The objective of the course is to give the students some basic Japanese language and cultural readiness. By the end of the course, the students have learned some useful phrases in Japanese. The cultural topics include group orientation, time concepts, hierarchy, politeness, food culture etc.

Content

- Introduction: What is culture?
- Verbal and Non-verbal communication
- Indirect communication: the Japanese never say “no”?
- Concept of time
- Group orientation vs. Individual orientation
- Hierarchy & Formality
- Politeness
- Gender role
- Food culture
- Language

For the cultural module students are given two written assignments, one individual and one group task.

Content scheduling

Lessons on Wednesdays at 16-18 on weeks 2-14. (No lesson on winter holiday week 8.)

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Enrollment

01.08.2023 - 07.09.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jarno Tuominen
Teacher in charge

Jarno Tuominen

Scheduling groups
  • Group1 (Size: 25. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Group2 (Size: 25. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS21S
    Embedded Software and IoT
Small groups
  • Group 1
  • Group 2

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- should be familiar with fundamental electronic circuits.
- is able to design simple analog signal processing functions using operational amplifiers.
- is able to design small signal amplifiers using transistors.

Content

- diodes
- operational amplifiers
- bipolar transistors andMOSFETs

Materials

Lecture materials
Lab instructions in OneNote

Teaching methods

Lectures
Homework
Lab exercises

Exam schedules

To be agreed during the course

International connections

The lectures will introduce the theory required for the lab exercise. Simulations are used to verify the designed circuitry. Implementing and measuring the actual circuits gives deeper understanding and brings hands-on experience on real-world working methods.

Completion alternatives

N/A

Student workload

Lectures 7*2h (14h)
Lab exercises 7 * 3h (21h)
A short exam (1h)

Independent work incl. simulations (99h)

Total: 135h

Content scheduling

The course covers basics of electronics plus some of the typical circuits and components required in embedded systems, when interfacing microcontrollers to the external world.

Further information

Teams-channel of the course

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Based on:

- Number of completed (and demonstrated) lab exercises
- A short exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% lab exercises completed
OR
less than 50% of max points on exam.

Qualifications

Introduction to Electronics and Transmission

Enrollment

31.05.2023 - 16.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mikko Peltonen de Santiago
Groups
  • PINFOS23B
    PINFOS23B
  • PINFOK23B
    PINFOK23B
  • PINFOS23A
    PINFOS23A

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is able to use multimeter and oscilloscope
- can name common components used in electronics and knows their basic characteristics
- can calculate currents, voltages and resistances as well as powers in simple circuits
- knows the basics of digital and analog blocks and their couplings in electronics.

Content

- Basic concepts of Circuit analysis and measurements: current, voltage, resistance, power
- Active and passive components used in electronics
- Basics of analog and digital electronics

Materials

Lecture notes, links and videos on the course's ITSlearning page

Teaching methods

Lectures, lab sessions, pair work, independent study

Exam schedules

Lab test (which is not mandatory) will take place in week 45.

International connections

During the course we will learn electronics skills fundamental for an ICT-engineer's background knowledge. Most of the learning happens in the electronics lab, during hands-on assignments where students work in pairs to build circuits and measure how they operate.

Completion alternatives

If a student wants to pass the course without submitting the reports, this needs to be agreed upon with the teacher.

Student workload

Contact hours (lectures and lab sessions): 51 h
Independent study, preparing for the labs and lab test, writing lab reports: rest

8 written reports on lab assignments and 1 lab test. Work will be distributed throughout the duration of the course.

Content scheduling

The course will begin in week 36 and end in week 50.

Topics:
- Basic concepts of circuit analysis and measurements: current, voltage, resistance, power
- Basic usage of the oscilloscope to measure and analyse AC signals
- Basics of analog and digital electronics
- Active and passive components used in electronics, such as transistors, operational amplifiers and logic gates

Further information

ITSlearning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Course has two parts:

Part 1: Introduction to electrical measurements
- 4 assignments (70 %)
- Lab test (30 %) on week 45 (NOT mandatory!)
Part 2: Introduction to electronics
- 4 assignments

Weighing
- Part 1: 60 % of final grade
- Part 2: 40 % of final grade

Both parts must be passed!

Each assignment: grade 0–5 (not returned: -3). The test: grade 0–5. Using these grades, I’ll calculate the average grades for course parts 1 and 2 and weigh them in the 60-40-ratio to help determine the final grade.

Much more detailed instructions can be found on ITSlearning and will be explained during the first lecture.

Qualifications

High school mathematics courses (higher or subsidiary level)
OR
Primary+secondary school and vocational school maths curriculum and course: Introduction to Mathematics and Physics
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Ville Huhtinen
  • Jussi Hurri
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is able to use multimeter and oscilloscope
- can name common components used in electronics and knows their basic characteristics
- can calculate currents, voltages and resistances as well as powers in simple circuits
- knows the basics of digital and analog blocks and their couplings in electronics.

Content

- Basic concepts of Circuit analysis and measurements: current, voltage, resistance, power
- Active and passive components used in electronics
- Basics of analog and digital electronics

Evaluation scale

H-5

Qualifications

High school mathematics courses (higher or subsidiary level)
OR
Primary+secondary school and vocational school maths curriculum and course: Introduction to Mathematics and Physics
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

05.10.2023 - 14.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Ville Huhtinen
  • Jussi Hurri
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is able to use multimeter and oscilloscope
- can name common components used in electronics and knows their basic characteristics
- can calculate currents, voltages and resistances as well as powers in simple circuits
- knows the basics of digital and analog blocks and their couplings in electronics.

Content

- Basic concepts of Circuit analysis and measurements: current, voltage, resistance, power
- Active and passive components used in electronics
- Basics of analog and digital electronics

Evaluation scale

H-5

Qualifications

High school mathematics courses (higher or subsidiary level)
OR
Primary+secondary school and vocational school maths curriculum and course: Introduction to Mathematics and Physics
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 07.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jussi Hurri
Groups
  • MKEMIK22

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to:
•analyze and design simple electronic circuits
•measure electric signals with a multimeter, oscilloscope and a logic analyser
•design and implement simple electronic circuit boards

Content

•resistors, capacitors and diodes
•bipolar transistors and field effect transistors
•basic electronic measurement devices like, multimeters, oscilloscopes and signal generators
•electronic circuits boards

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

30.12.2023 - 02.02.2024

Timing

29.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 10

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mauri Suhonen
  • Jarno Tuominen
Teacher in charge

Jarno Tuominen

Groups
  • VAVA2324

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to:
•use C/C++ programming language with microcontrollers
•understand basic I/O of a microcontroller
•interface common sensors and motors to microcontrollers

Content

•C/C++ programming language
•architecture of a microcontroller
•basic I/O constructions
•maximum voltages and currents of a microcontroller
•serial communication of a microcontroller.

Materials

Will be announced at the beginning of the course.

Teaching methods

Hands-on lab exercises

Exam schedules

No exam.

Since there is no exam, there is no possibility to retry the course if the number of completed laboratory exercises is below the acceptance criteria.

Completion alternatives

In case the student has suitable equipment at home, it is possible to complete the laboratory exercises partially.

If the student has an existing hobby-project, the contents of the course will be matched to the hobby-project and it is possible to complete some or all of the lab exercise. This must be agreed with teacher beforehand and there must be a clear evidence of the work, like git repository + a working demo.

Content scheduling

This course is a laboratory course, where presence is mandatory. In case the student has suitable equipment at home, it is possible to complete the laboratory exercises partially.

There are 10 lab sessions in total, 4 hours each.

Further information

Teams, Git

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Grading will be based on the number of completed laboratory exercises. There is a possibility to select either basic level or more challenging level, which will affect the amount of work and the number of credit points, respectively.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% of lab exercises completed

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

1: >50% of lab exercises completed
2: >60% of lab exercises completed0% of lab exercises completed

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

3: >70% of lab exercises completed
4: >80% of lab exercises completed

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

100% of lab exercises completed

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jarno Tuominen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Teacher in charge

Jari-Pekka Paalassalo

Scheduling groups
  • Pienryhmä A (Size: 25. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Pienryhmä B (Size: 25. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS21S
    Embedded Software and IoT
Small groups
  • Group A
  • Group B

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can design, implement and debug software for embedded Linux platform in IoT context

Content

Embedded IoT application development for Linux platform

Materials

Study material is distributed during the course

Teaching methods

Weekly lab sessions

Exam schedules

TBD

International connections

Instructed lab sessions
Homework
Self-study
A project work
A short exam

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Lab sessions and homework 14x8 hours = 112 hours
Self study 165 hours
Project work 8x16=128 hours

Content scheduling

Module implementation has 3 parts
Weeks 1-10:
1) Embedded Linux Application Development: Setting up development tools and cross-compiler, application debugging, Linux application basics, hardware and I/O operations, interrupts
2) Cisco NetAcademy: NDG Linux 1 self-study course
Weeks 11-15:
3) Embedded Linux Project Work: Student teams develop Linux-based IoT system components and systems.

Further information

Itslearning
(Teams)
Gitlab

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Lab performance and homework 48 points max
Exam 20 points max
Linux systems web course 32 pts

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50 (out of 100) points collected from available sources

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

1: >50 points
2: >60 points

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

3: >70 points
4: >80 points

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

5: >90 points

Qualifications

System software
IoT Essentials

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Ian Bowie
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students will gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society. In addition, they will learn to utilize tools and techniques to further develop their skills in authentic, field-specific contexts. More specifically, students will focus on developing their language and communication skills in.
Upon completing the course, the students should have acquired skills to communicate at level B2 according to European Framework of Reference for Languages, which states that at B2-level students should be able to produce clear, coherent and well-structured texts, present detailed descriptions related to one’s field of interest, express and exchange opinions using fluent language, follow complex arguments, and read longer articles and reports.

Content

- writing professional, field-specific texts
- presenting and discussing field-specific topics in a professional manner
- reading field-specific texts and utilizing the information in professional contexts
- learning and using key terminology of the field
- becoming professional, autonomous language users in working life

Materials

Teacher presentation material and internet resources

Teaching methods

Interactive workshops. Students are encouraged to participate as actively as possible in discussion and set tasks drawing from their own ideas, opinions and experiences.

Exam schedules

There is no exam for this course.

International connections

The content of the course is designed to enhance overall English language communication skills. Examples include the ability to form relationships, present, support and defend own ideas and opinions, decide on appropriate forms of communication for different situations and demonstrate an ability to use different digital tools for effective communication. Students will complete tasks individually, in pairs and groups to enhance communication and interpersonal skills and reflect the reality of working life.

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

Classroom activities: 28 h
Individual work: 45 h
Pair and group work: 57 h

Content scheduling

You will primarily focus on practical spoken communication skills with an emphasis on how English is used in real world working life situations. During the autumn the following areas will be addressed:

Breaking the ice
CVs and Linkedin
Email and other forms of digital communication
Team Presentation
Elevator Pitch
Team based problem solving projects

N.B. Teacher reserves the right to make changes to the above as required.

Further information

Emphasis is very much placed on clear, unambiguous and understandable communication. You will not be downgraded for grammatical, word order or other errors that do not interfere with overall understanding. Although emphasis in class is placed on spoken communication not everyone is a natural orator. You will not be marked down for a lack of fluency - effort and willingness to try are enough.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment is a combination of teacher observation of student commitment, effort and engagement during lessons together with the standard of 4 submitted task based assignments. Students will be assessed on overall communicative competence and language appropriacy within specific communication contexts.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failed (0)
The student has insufficient attendance (has been absent in more than 4 classes). The student has not completed all the tasks. The student has completed tasks but they are not of an acceptable standard.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has completed the tasks with the minimum of set requirements stated in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks later than the given deadlines. The student has not addressed feedback provided by the teacher.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has completed the tasks well fulfilling most of the set requirements stated in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks within the given deadlines. The student has partly addressed feedback provided by the teacher. The student has reflected on their own performance and has been given peer feedback.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has completed the tasks very well fulfilling or surpassing the set requirements as stated in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks within the given deadlines or earlier and has addressed feedback provided by the teacher. The student has been giving quality peer feedback.

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Ian Bowie
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students will gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society. In addition, they will learn to utilize tools and techniques to further develop their skills in authentic, field-specific contexts. More specifically, students will focus on developing their language and communication skills in.
Upon completing the course, the students should have acquired skills to communicate at level B2 according to European Framework of Reference for Languages, which states that at B2-level students should be able to produce clear, coherent and well-structured texts, present detailed descriptions related to one’s field of interest, express and exchange opinions using fluent language, follow complex arguments, and read longer articles and reports.

Content

- writing professional, field-specific texts
- presenting and discussing field-specific topics in a professional manner
- reading field-specific texts and utilizing the information in professional contexts
- learning and using key terminology of the field
- becoming professional, autonomous language users in working life

Materials

Teacher presentations and internet resources

Teaching methods

Interactive workshops. Students are encouraged to participate as actively as possible in discussion and set tasks drawing from their own ideas, opinions and experiences.

Exam schedules

There is no exam for this course.

International connections

The content of the course is designed to enhance overall communication skills. Examples include the ability to form relationships, present, support and defend own ideas and opinions, decide on appropriate forms of communication for different situations and demonstrate an ability to use different digital tools for effective communication. Students will complete tasks individually, in pairs and groups to enhance communication and interpersonal skills.

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

Classroom activities: 28 h
Individual work: 45 h
Pair and group work: 57 h

Content scheduling

You will focus on using practical spoken communication skills in English to complete a variety of group based tasks and projects. Course aims and goals include building confidence to use English, improve overall fluency and build active vocabulary.

Breaking the ice
Team Presentation
Elevator Pitch
Team based problem solving projects

N.B. Teacher reserves the right to make changes to the above as required.

Further information

Emphasis is very much placed on clear, unambiguous and understandable communication. You will not be downgraded for grammatical, word order or other errors that do not interfere with overall understanding. Although emphasis in class is placed on spoken communication not everyone is a natural orator. You will not be marked down for a lack of fluency - effort and willingness to try are enough.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment is a combination of teacher observation of student commitment, effort and engagement during lessons together with the standard of 4 completed classroom task based assignments. Students will be assessed on overall communicative competence and language appropriacy within specific communication contexts.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failed (0)
The student has insufficient attendance. The student has not completed all the tasks. The student has completed tasks but they are not of an acceptable standard.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has completed the tasks with the minimum of set requirements stated in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks later than the given deadlines. The student has not addressed feedback provided by the teacher.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has completed the tasks well fulfilling most of the set requirements stated in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks within the given deadlines. The student has partly addressed feedback provided by the teacher. The student has reflected on their own performance and has been given peer feedback.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has completed the tasks very well fulfilling or surpassing the set requirements as stated in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks within the given deadlines or earlier and has addressed feedback provided by the teacher. The student has been giving quality peer feedback.

Enrollment

01.09.2023 - 01.03.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Marko Teräspuro
Teacher in charge

Tero Virtanen

Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS22T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

By the end of this course, students will be able:

· Configure single-area OSPFv2 in both point-to-point and multiaccess networks.
· Explain how to mitigate threats and enhance network security using access control lists and security best practices.
· Implement standard IPv4 ACLs to filter traffic and secure administrative access.
· Configure NAT services on the edge router to provide IPv4 address scalability.
· Explain techniques to provide address scalability and secure remote access for WANs.
· Explain how to optimize, monitor, and troubleshoot scalable network architectures.
· Explain how networking devices implement QoS.
· Implement protocols to manage the network.
· Explain how technologies such as virtualization, software defined networking, and automation affect evolving networks.

Content

Enterprise Networking, Security, and Automation (ENSA) describes the architecture, components, operations, and security to scale for large, complex networks, including wide area network (WAN) technologies. The course emphasizes network security concepts and introduces network virtualization and automation. Students learn how to configure, troubleshoot, and secure enterprise network devices and understand how application programming interfaces (API) and configuration management tools enable network automation. The course includes activities using Packet Tracer, hands-on lab work, and a wide array of assessment types and tools.

Materials

All needed material will be available online in https://cisco.netacad.com
Further course enrollment instructions are provided by instructor.
Please register to the site using school email.

Exam schedules

Theory final exam and Packet Tracer exam will held in course.
You can do one re-exam within course deadline.
NOTE: Course ending time shown in academy system is not real, please check the course plan for end date!

Student workload

Lecturing and laboratory work each week
Independent studying, including:

- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Preparation for finals exam(s)

Content scheduling

Course describes the architecture, components, operations, and security to scale for large, complex networks, including wide area network (WAN) technologies. The course emphasizes network security concepts and introduces network virtualization and automation. Students learn how to configure, troubleshoot, and secure enterprise network devices and understand how application programming interfaces (API) and configuration management tools enable network automation.

By the end of this course, students will be able:

- Configure single-area OSPFv2 in both point-to-point and multiaccess networks.
- Explain how to mitigate threats and enhance network security using access control lists and security best practices.
- Implement standard IPv4 ACLs to filter traffic and secure administrative access.
- Configure NAT services on the edge router to provide IPv4 address scalability.
- Explain techniques to provide address scalability and secure remote access for WANs.
- Explain how to optimize, monitor, and troubleshoot scalable network architectures.
- Explain how networking devices implement QoS.
- Implement protocols to manage the network.
- Explain how technologies such as virtualization, software defined networking, and automation affect evolving networks.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Laboratory assignments in laboratory room
Packet tracer assignments done at home
Module exams
Practice final exams
Theory final exam and Packet Tracer final exam.


The overall result is the sum of the all results of the assignments and exams, passing limit is 60%.
Detailed grading limits will be provided in course plan when course starts but past grading limits have been the following:

Less than 60% Fail
60-67.4% Grade 1
68-75.4% Grade 2
76-83.4% Grade 3
84-91.4% Grade 4
91.5% or higher Grade 5

Qualifications

Courses Internet Networks and Security (5051215) and Introduction to Networks (TE00BU42) ,or equivalent skills.

Enrollment

29.11.2023 - 18.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tuomo Helo
Teacher in charge

Tuomo Helo

Groups
  • PTIETS22sepm
    PTIETS22 Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS22O
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student:
masters JavaScript and can use some of the most important libraries in developing browser user interfaces
can implement dynamic and responsive browser user interfaces that are usable in variety of devices
masters AJAX technology and JSON data-interchange format
can use efficient tools in browser scripting

Content

JavaScript
jQuery
Doing asynchronous requests with AJAX
JSON data-interchange format
Tools for developing browser interfaces
Implementing a small scale dynamic and responsive browser user interface

Materials

The course books (Selected parts)
*
Eloquent JavaScript
Marijn Haverbeke
No Starch Press; 3 edition (December 4, 2018)
Available on the Net: http://eloquentjavascript.net
*
Professional JavaScript for Web Developers
5th Edition
Matt Frisbie
Published by Wrox
Available in ProQuest EBook Central
*
Learning React : Modern Patterns for Developing React Apps
2nd edition
Alex Banks and Eve Porcello
Available in ProQuest EBook Central
*
Only selected chapters will be read.

Content scheduling

Contents

I. JavaScript (Lectures and personal exercises)

- Basics
- Strings
- Objects, destructuring
- Arrays, array operations
- Programming functions
- Error handling
- DOM, event handling
- Modules
- Asynchronous programming
- Tools

II. React (Lectures and a teamwork)

- Basics
- JSX
- Components
- Modularization
- Tools
- Managing state
- Hooks

III. Teamwork: A simple single page web application with React (without backend)

7 personal JavaScript exercises.
React-based Teamwork.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

7 personal assignments: 70 points
The group project work: 30 points.

The assignments must be returned by the deadline to get the points.The assignments returned after the deadline will give you only half of the points.

The student must get at least 30 points from the assignments and 10 points from the group work to pass the course.

The grading scale (points b -> grade):

40 points -> 1
55 points -> 2
70 points -> 3
80 points -> 4
90 points -> 5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jaakko Lamminpää
  • Antti Haarto
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- model physical phenomena and apply the model in engineering
- recognise physical possibilities and limitations
- use measuring equipment
- do suitable measuring arrangement for a problem and complete the measurements
- estimate uncertainty of measurements and determine uncertainty for the results in simple cases
- make and analyse graphical presentations
- keep a laboratory notebook
- report results orally and in writing
- work safely at a laboratory
- work safely with different kinds of radioactive radiation
- handle waste developed in laboratory

Content

•safety at laboratory work
•physical modeling
•radioactive radiation
•measuring, evaluating errors of measurements, processing and analyzing results
•graphical presentations and reporting
•handling laboratory waste

Materials

Opettajan laatimaa materiaalia, joka jaetaan ItsLearning työtilan kautta.
Lisäksi:
Momentti 1, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Momentti 2, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen, Reijo Manninen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Tammertekniikka: Tekniikan kaavasto tai Otava: MAOL-taulukot

Teaching methods

lähiopetus, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö

Exam schedules

Loppukoe viikolla 49 lukujärjestyksen mukaisena aikana.
Uusintakoe suoritetaan seuraavan toteutuksen kokeen yhteydessä.
Muista opintojakson täydennyksistä sovitaan opettajan kanssa.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan fysiikan mittaamisen ja tulosten analysoinnin perustaitoja, jotka ovat insinöörityön perusta. Tehtävät sisältävät alakohtaisia sovellusesimerkkejä. Opintojaksolla käytetään kansainvälisiä fysiikan merkintätapoja ja terminologiaa, mikä antaa opiskelijoille valmiuksia ymmärtää kansainvälistä insinöörialan kirjallisuutta, standardeja yms. Tehtävien ratkomisessa opiskelijoita kannustetaan tiimityöskentelyyn. Opintojaksolla käytetään sähköistä oppimisympäristöä.

Student workload

Kontaktitunnit ja kokeet 28 h.
Itsenäinen opiskelu, harjoitustöihin valmistautuminen, raportointi ja loppukokeeseen valmistautuminen 100 h.

Content scheduling

• vk36/2023: Turvallisuus ja laboratoriokäytänteet
• vk36/2023: Yksiköt, mittaaminen ja raportointi
• vk37/2023: Graafiset esitykset ja kulmakeroimet
• vk38/2023 - vk47/2023: Laboratorioharjoitustöitä (8 kpl) ja 1 laaja ennakkotehtävä
• vk48/2023: Rästivuoro
• vk49/2023: Loppukoe

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Ohjattu harjoitustyö (1 kpl) arvioidaan asteikolla (0, kun työ on kokonaan suorittamatta, 0,5, kun mittaukset on tehty ja 1-2, kun myös raportti on hyväksytty)
Muiden harjoitustöiden (7 kpl) suoritus ja raportointi arvioidaan asteikolla 0-5 (0, kun työ on kokonaan suorittamatta).
Virtapiirit-työstä on laajempi ennakkotehtävä, joka arvioidaan asteikolla 0-3.
Harjoitustöitä on 8 kappaletta ja niistä arvioidaan 1 kappale asteikolla 0-2, 7 kappletta asteikolla 0-5 ja 1 ennakkotehtävä asteikolla 0-3, joten harjoitustöiden suorituksista saa korkeintaan 40 pistettä (1 x 2 + 7 x 5 + 1 x 3 pistettä).
Loppukokeesta korkeintaan 20 pistettä.
Siten yhteensä voi saada korkeintaan 60 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Alle 28 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Vähintään 28 pistettä ja alle 40 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Vähintään 40 pistettä ja alle 52 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Vähintään 52 pistettä.

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 19.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jaakko Lamminpää
  • Antti Haarto
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- model physical phenomena and apply the model in engineering
- recognise physical possibilities and limitations
- use measuring equipment
- do suitable measuring arrangement for a problem and complete the measurements
- estimate uncertainty of measurements and determine uncertainty for the results in simple cases
- make and analyse graphical presentations
- keep a laboratory notebook
- report results orally and in writing
- work safely at a laboratory
- work safely with different kinds of radioactive radiation
- handle waste developed in laboratory

Content

•safety at laboratory work
•physical modeling
•radioactive radiation
•measuring, evaluating errors of measurements, processing and analyzing results
•graphical presentations and reporting
•handling laboratory waste

Materials

Opettajan laatimaa materiaalia, joka jaetaan ItsLearning työtilan kautta.
Lisäksi:
Momentti 1, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Momentti 2, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen, Reijo Manninen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Tammertekniikka: Tekniikan kaavasto tai Otava: MAOL-taulukot

Teaching methods

lähiopetus, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö

Exam schedules

Loppukoe viikolla 16 lukujärjestyksen mukaisena aikana.
Uusintakoe suoritetaan seuraavan toteutuksen kokeen yhteydessä.
Muista opintojakson täydennyksistä sovitaan opettajan kanssa.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan fysiikan mittaamisen ja tulosten analysoinnin perustaitoja, jotka ovat insinöörityön perusta. Tehtävät sisältävät alakohtaisia sovellusesimerkkejä. Opintojaksolla käytetään kansainvälisiä fysiikan merkintätapoja ja terminologiaa, mikä antaa opiskelijoille valmiuksia ymmärtää kansainvälistä insinöörialan kirjallisuutta, standardeja yms. Tehtävien ratkomisessa opiskelijoita kannustetaan tiimityöskentelyyn. Opintojaksolla käytetään sähköistä oppimisympäristöä.

Student workload

Kontaktitunnit ja kokeet 28 h.
Itsenäinen opiskelu, harjoitustöihin valmistautuminen, raportointi ja loppukokeeseen valmistautuminen 100 h.

Content scheduling

• vk2/2024: Turvallisuus ja laboratoriokäytänteet
• vk3/2024: Yksiköt, mittaaminen ja raportointi
• vk4/2024: Graafiset esitykset ja kulmakeroimet
• vk5/2024 - vk14/2024: Laboratorioharjoitustöitä (8 kpl) ja 1 laaja ennakkotehtävä
• vk15/2024: Rästivuoro
• vk16/2024: Loppukoe

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Ohjattu harjoitustyö (1 kpl) arvioidaan asteikolla (0, kun työ on kokonaan suorittamatta, 0,5, kun mittaukset on tehty ja 1-2, kun myös raportti on hyväksytty)
Muiden harjoitustöiden (7 kpl) suoritus ja raportointi arvioidaan asteikolla 0-5 (0, kun työ on kokonaan suorittamatta).
Virtapiirit-työstä on laajempi ennakkotehtävä, joka arvioidaan asteikolla 0-3.
Harjoitustöitä on 8 kappaletta ja niistä arvioidaan 1 kappale asteikolla 0-2, 7 kappletta asteikolla 0-5 ja 1 ennakkotehtävä asteikolla 0-3, joten harjoitustöiden suorituksista saa korkeintaan 40 pistettä (1 x 2 + 7 x 5 + 1 x 3 pistettä).
Loppukokeesta korkeintaan 20 pistettä.
Siten yhteensä voi saada korkeintaan 60 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Alle 28 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Vähintään 28 pistettä ja alle 40 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Vähintään 40 pistettä ja alle 52 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Vähintään 52 pistettä.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 18.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Alarik Näykki
  • Taisto Suominen
Teacher in charge

Taisto Suominen

Scheduling groups
  • Aamupäivä (Size: 29. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Iltapäivä (Size: 29. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies
Small groups
  • Morning group
  • Afternoon

Objective

After completing the module, the student will be able to:
- Demonstrate their understanding the various dimensions (physical, temporal, environmental and emotional) that describe a game world by making use of an appropriate terrain editor to create a limited game world
- Develop a game narrative with scripted dialog for a given game idea or concept
- Understand and manage the complexities of game interface design
- Define core mechanics and explain their role in creating an entertainment experience
- Map out the level design and game balancing process and show an awareness of problems that need to be avoided in the level design process
- Incorporate visual, behavioural and audible character attributes in order to create a compelling and believable character with an industry recognised modelling tool

Content

- Game standard terrain editor
- Creative writing and dialog design tools
- Industry standard processes for designing user interfaces
- Design principles for level and game balancing layouts
- Character design principles and appropriate game art tools

Materials

Unity - Create with Code
https://learn.unity.com/course/create-with-code

Teaching methods

The course will be delivered through onsite sessions at Campus and the core learning will take place in a tutorial fashion.

Although peer-assisted learning is encouraged, students are expected to produce individual deliverable (in other words, no group work).

The course will be using Itslearning as the learning platform and teaching sessions will held in the campus.
Each Tuesday Support is available during the laboratory hours and the student's progress is monitored on weekly base.

Exam schedules

No exam dates;
This course does not have any retake possibilities. Failing the course means that students will have to repeat it the following year.

Students will be required to present their game projects in 3 milestones:
26.09.2023 - Concept project design document presentation of personal project and peer evaluation
07.11.2023 - Prototype presentation of personal project and peer evaluation
12.12.2023 - Final game presentation and peer evaluation

The concept presentations are for monitoring student progress and used as the basis of formative feedback. If you miss this milestone, one grade point will be deducted from the final grade.

The final game presentation is mandatory - failure to present this will cause the student to fail the course

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration, ff you have experience from industry or experience that is compatible with the course content. Discuss with the lecturer to arrange the demonstration.

Student workload

This course requires students to work 135 hours and is divided as follows:
- Contact sessions and presentations: 20 to 30 hours
- Independent tutorial work: 40 to 50 hours
- Developing your own game: 60 to 70 hours
All course work is individual

Students will be required to present their game projects in 3 milestones:
26.09.2023 - Concept project design document presentation of personal project and peer evaluation
07.11.2023 - Prototype presentation of personal project and peer evaluation
12.12.2023 - Final game presentation and peer evaluation

The concept presentations are for monitoring student progress and used as the basis of formative feedback. If you miss this milestone, one grade point will be deducted from the final grade.

The final game presentation is mandatory - failure to present this will cause the student to fail the course.

Content scheduling

This course is based on the Online material "Create with Code" presented by Unity. Each week will contain supporting lectures for each week topic and contemporary game technologies and game industry news.
Students will be expected to work through the material according to the following schedule:
- 05.09.2023: Course introduction and Create with Code...Getting Started & Unit 1
- 12.09.2023.Create with Code...Unit 1
- 19.09.2023: Create with Code...Unit 2
- 26.09.2023: Concept presentation of personal project, peer evaluation
- 03.10.2023: Create with Code...Unit 3
- 10.10.2023: Create with Code...Unit 3
- 24.10.2023: Create with Code...Unit 4
- 18.10.2023: Independent work on your personal project
- 31.10.2023: Create with Code...Unit 4
- 07.11.2023: Prototype presentation of personal project. Peer evaluation. Create with Code...Unit 5
- 14.11.2023: Create with Code...Unit 5
- 21.11.2023: Independent work on your game
- 28.11.2023: Independent work on your game
- 05.12.2023: Finalize your game
- 12.12.2023: Final game presentations

Further information

Course lecturers will be present onsite every week during the allocated timetable slot.
The first 30-60 minutes of each session will be used to:
- Share game industry news
- Highlight some of the latest development trends and technologies
- Open more topics from Create With Code and Unity Learn
- Introduce and Demonstrate tools that can help develop content for your personal project
- Respond to general student queries

The remaining time of each session will be an opportunity for students to work on their own games and seeking assistance and support from the lecturer.

Lecturers will review student progress with the Unity tutorial work on a weekly basis.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The game project is evaluated as follows:
- Lecturer overall impression of the game (H-5);
- Peer evaluation of the game (H-5).
The combination of these will give the final grade for the course.

Missing the concept or prototype presentation will result in the deduction of 1 grade point from the final grade.

Attending more than 75% of the onsite sessions will result in positively to the final grade.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failure to produce and present the final game will cause the student to fail the course.

Participating in less than 50% of the onsite sessions will cause the student to fail the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- Project contains a few of the features outlined in the project plan
- Did not really stay on track with their planned milestones
- Did not use their Unity or C# skills in any new ways
- Code and hierarchy are disorganized, using inconsistent conventions

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

- Project contains most of the features outlined in the project plan
- Stayed mostly on track with their planned milestones
- Used their Unity and/or C# skills in new, but not necessarily creative ways
- Code and hierarchy are mostly neat & commented, using correct conventions

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Project contains all of the features outlined in the project plan
- Stayed on track with their planned milestones
- Used their Unity and/or C# skills in a novel and creative ways
- Code and hierarchy are neat & commented, using correct conventions

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 22.10.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Hazem Al-Bermanei
Teacher in charge

Hazem Al-Bermanei

Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the module, the student will be able to:
- Describe a 2D Cartesian coordinate space and how to locate points using that space and extend these ideas into 3D
- Calculate vectors and use them in games
- Describe some basic concepts of image and video processing and compression
- Calculate matrices and use them in games
- Learn about linear transformations (such as translations, scaling, skewing, and rotations) and multilinear transformations (including rotations about an arbitrary axis)
- Calculate algorithmic (Kolmogorov) complexity and understand how this is related to game performance

Content

- Cartesian Coordinate Systems
- Vectors
- Multiple Coordinate Spaces
- Matrices & Linear Transforms
- Polar Coordinate Systems
- Rotation
- Geometric Primitives
- Algorithmic complexity

Materials

1. Mathematics For Game Developers, Christopher Tremblay
2. Essential Mathematics for Games & Interactive Applications, James M.Van Verth and Lars M. Bishop

Teaching methods

Teacher-directed classroom activities, group work and independent work; project work, reports, task-based (homework)

International connections

The contents of the course give understanding of the basic gaming and graphical tools, and attempt to provide students with a conceptual understanding of the mathematics needed to create games, as well as an understanding of how these mathematical bases actually apply to games and graphics that are essential in the operating environment of an ICT engineer, such as game development and graphical designing.
The students will team up for a project work and writing reports on some current and relevant aspect of game math. The teams then present their work to the whole group, which gives everyone an opportunity to understand the topic; all students will develop their mathematical proficiency. In this way, all students will have the opportunity to view themselves as powerful learners of game mathematics.
Task-based assessment supports learning and is continuous throughout the course. Studying in an international group develops students’ ability to intercultural communication and multicultural collaboration

Student workload

Classroom activities: Classroom activities participation 50 h
Homework: Working on homework sets 1-6 25 h
Project work: Research, writing report + presentation material, presentation 30 h
Final exam: Preparing for the final exam 25 h

Content scheduling

September – December 2023.
9/23 - 11/23: theory, homework
10/23 - 11/23: project work +reports
12/23: final exam Or Report
• Cartesian Coordinate Systems
• Vectors
• Multiple Coordinate Spaces
• Matrices
• Matrices & Linear Transforms
• More on Matrices
• Polar Coordinate Systems
• Rotation
• Geometric Primitives

Further information

All practical information on timetables, project work, grading etc., as well as links to web materials are provided in Optima.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Homework sets 1-6: 30 %
-Total of thirty homework exercises based on reading material and classroom notes
-Diagnostic/formative self / teacher evaluation in connection with each homework set return session
Project work, reports, presentations: 40 %
-Each outcome of the project work is assessed independently (assessment criteria is specified in Optima)
-Peer feedback summative teacher feedback at the end of the course
Final exam: 30 %
-A written exam (1,5 hrs) on specified material
-Summative teacher evaluation at the end of the course

Enrollment

01.08.2023 - 30.09.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • David Oliva
Teacher in charge

David Oliva

Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student can
- use discrete time in programming
- use physics theories in programming
- simulate practical and mechanical problems by programming
- construct and implement efficient algorithms of the topics above for game purposes

Content

- Algorithmics with focus on algorithm design and algorithm analysis
- Time in programming
- Kinematics and rotational motion
- Forces causing movement
- Collisions
- Using simulations in programming

Materials

Teacher will provide powerpoints. Theory classess requires students to bring paper and pen to take notes

Teaching methods

Typical teaching in class room
+
Student preparation of own demos

Exam schedules

There are no exams in this course. Evaluation is based on weekly work and final work. See Assessment info.

International connections

Analyze -> think -> work -> solve -> show

Student workload

Between XX November 2023 (Week 45) and XX December 2023 (Week 51)
ATTENTION: Final dates published in ItsLearning. Always check ItsLearning!

Mondays from 9:00 to 12:00 in Auditorium. Class is face to face
Tuesdays. 4 hours own work
Wednesdays: 4 hours own work
Thursdays: from 9:00 to 12:00 in room C3031
Fridays: 4 hours own work

The used hours are approximately 135 which is equivalent to 5 ECTs

Content scheduling

The course starts on XXth October (MORE INFORMATION SOON)
The course is divided in 7 blocks. The blocks and their corresponding goals are:

1.Tools
Learn basics related to the use of Unity to solve Physics in games
Understand connection between UI and hardcore coding

2. Cinematics
Use elemental physics equaltions to model different types of objects motion
Learn verification methods to test the correctness of the solution

3. Collisions
Understand frequent algorithms applied for collisions and avoidance of tunneling effect
Learn about changes of trayectories and velocities using collision principles

4. Sniper
Improve knowledge on projectile trayectories when considering physical effects like air resistance and air drag
Learn to use databases and second order equation fitting to empirical data

5. Acoustics
Learn basics of sound propagation and transmission in open and close spaces
Learn tools for immersive 3D-audio modelling in Unity

6. Fluids
Understand basics about smoke and flames propagation
Learn the use of shaders and other modelling tools for visually appealing representation of flames and smoke

7. Demo
Improve oral and visual presentation skills when pitching your game

Further information

come to the class. Don't be lazy

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course presents to the students six topics of physics applied in games.
Each week the student has to do a game-demo related to the topic and a video explaining the parts of the project and the final outlook.
Each video will be evaluated by the two teachers and they will grade the video from 0 to 5 points.
The average of the six videos is calculated and that counts for 66 % of the grade.
The last two weeks the student prepare a final game project including as many topics of the course as possible. The project is presented real-time (no video) to the rest of the participants. This work will be grade by the two teachers, and it will count for 34 % of the grade.

Enrollment

01.08.2023 - 15.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 27.10.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Werner Ravyse
Teacher in charge

Werner Ravyse

Groups
  • PTIVIS20P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student is able:
- to work efficiently in game testing projects which are executed in a close cooperation with local industry
- to apply game testing techniques systematically
- to design, implement, and document game testing from quality assurance perspective
- to design, implement, and document game testing from usability perspective
- to apply devices used in user tests, and to work efficiently in experiments

Content

- Ddesigning game tests and identifying test requirements
- Game testing techniques
- Analysing game testing results
- Methods in user tests and usability evaluation
- Game testing project as a group work for local industry
- Participating usability test project

Materials

The Quality Assurance topic of the course follows several chapters of the book:
Levy, L., & Novak, J. (2009). Game development essentials: Game QA & testing. Cengage Learning.

Due to the ongoing developments in the field of Game Testing, recommended additional literature will be provided as part of the lecture material at the appropriate timing. This ensures that students are kept abreast with the latest testing techniques and trends.

Teaching methods

Learning on this course combines instructivist (20-25%), constructivist (50%) and connectivist (25-30%) learning methods, implying that students will receive instruction during contact sessions while also being responsible for their own development in the field of game testing. Students will have group assignments, where peer-assisted learning will be encouraged through various e-communication channels.

This course is a collaboration with the University of Turku and we will use the Moodle learning platform. The shortcut to the moodle page is:
http://bit.ly/gtst2023 - it will be activated in time for the course start

Students are able to access Moodle using their Haka accounts (TUAS account credentials).

Exam schedules

This course has no formal exam.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Student workload

The course is managed online via the Moodle learning platform. During the contact sessions, students will receive instructions on how to complete the respective study section for that topic.

ALL contact sessions are onsite at TUAS premises - exact locations and weekly schedule will become available in August 2023.

All study material will be available online.

This course is 5 ECTS - students are expected to work 135 hours:
- Contact sessions (10 to 20 hours)
- Independent reading and research (25 to 35 hours)
- Practical experiential learning (80 to 100 hours) - this includes time for doing assignments

Content scheduling

The course is divided into three main topics and scheduled in phases (the sequence of the phases may vary from year to year):
PHASE 1
Effectiveness testing

PHASE 2
User-centered testing with two sub-parts, namely:
- Usability testing
- User experience testing

PHASE 3
Quality assurance testing (bug hunting) with three sub-parts, namely:
- Tester skillsets
- Getting to know what bugs there are
- Elite bug hunting

Further information

This course is a collaboration with the University of Turku and we will use the Moodle learning platform. The shortcut to the moodle page is:
http://bit.ly/gtst2023 - it will be activated in time for the course start

Students are able to access Moodle using their Haka accounts (TUAS account credentials).

Students can also reserve support with the lecturer or time for practical work at the Game Lab.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

There are 4 main assignments that should be completed at the conclusion of each respective topic:
Quality assurance (group assignment)
Usability testing (individual assignment)
User experience testing (individual assignment)
Effectiveness study (group assignment)

The course includes 5 online quizzes that must be completed:
Tester skillsets
Getting to know what bugs there are
Elite bug hunting
Usability
User experience testing

The course includes 12 formative tasks scattered throughout the various topics.

All assignments and quizzes are transposed to a grade out of 5
Course grade is calculated as follows:
(Average of main assignments x 0,75) + (Average of online quizzes x 0,25)

The formative tasks are used to monitor student progress and no grade will be released until all formative tasks are complete and submitted.

All tasks will be submitted through the LMS.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

All tasks are mandatory for a successful completion of the course. Any outstanding tasks will result in course grades being withheld from the respective students.

Enrollment

01.08.2023 - 03.11.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Werner Ravyse
Teacher in charge

Werner Ravyse

Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Engage in theoretical discussions about games that are not only for entertainment
- Apply known success factors of serious games to the design and development of a serious game
- Describe and implement a serious game as part of a learning environment
- Apply a basic understanding of human motivation to the design of solutions aimed at increased user engagement with underlying business processes
- Build and implement solutions for increased user engagement with underlying business processes
- Evaluate the effectiveness of serious games and gamification solutions

Content

- Serious game development frameworks
- Gamification development frameworks
- The psychology of learning and how this relates to serious game development
- Academic literature that highlights and explains human motivation as the basis for gamification
- Various game design and game development tools
- Evaluation techniques and methodologies for evaluating serious games and gamification solutions

Materials

Due to the ongoing developments in the field of Game Testing, recommended literature and further resources will be provided as part of the lecture material at the appropriate timing. This ensures that students are kept abreast with the latest testing techniques and trends.

Teaching methods

The course is in the process of being reworked into a fully collaborative virtual learning environment. Further details and instructions will be made available nearer to the start of the course.

Exam schedules

This course has no formal exam.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

There is a risk that the collaborative environment might not be ready before the start of the course. If this is the case, we will revert to the more traditional contact and practical working methods. You will be informed in advance of the situation.

Student workload

The course is in the process of being reworked into a fully collaborative virtual learning environment. Further details and instructions will be made available nearer to the start of the course.

This course is 5 ECTS - students are expected to work 135 hours

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Grades will be withheld from students who do not fully complete the requirements as stipulated through the collaborative learning platform

Content scheduling

This course covers the following topics related to Serious Games and Gamification:
- Theory of Gamification
- Theory of Serious Games
- Theory of learning and motivation
- Workflow of a gamification or serious games project
- UI design for mobile and an overview of mock-up tools
- Player types and their psychology
- Ethics of serious games and gamification

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is in the process of being reworked into a fully collaborative virtual learning environment. Further details and instructions will be made available nearer to the start of the course.

Assessment of the course will happen through tasks and assignments within the collaborative platform.

Enrollment

29.11.2023 - 18.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 65

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Marika Säisä
Teacher in charge

Marika Säisä

Groups
  • PTIVIS21O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIETS21sepm
    PTIETS21 Software engineering and Project Management

Objective

Deepening knowledge of ICT project work and the most used methods and technologies of software projects.

Content

Project work in an international project team in ICT projects.
Substance knowledge of different ICT field -related topics.
Working life skills (team working, communication, time management, professional attitude and taking responsibility) and problem-solving skills.

Materials

Various internet sources, links & descriptions online.
Lecture slides.
theFIRMA's and course's Itslearning.

Teaching methods

Lectures, group work and independent work, project work, online/on-site activities

Exam schedules

no exam

International connections

Practical assignments and reports
Project work
Self study

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Lectures and on-site activities: 86 hours
Assignments and self study: 66 hours
Project work 108 hours
Guest lectures + report: 10 hours
TOTAL 270 hours

Content scheduling

This course deepens project working skills on ICT field as well as substance knowledge of different ICT field -related topics. Students will team up for a project work on customer projects related to ICT field. Customer projects develop students’ working life skills (among others: technical, team working, communication, time management, professional attitude and taking responsibility) and problem solving skills.

Project teams are usually international and the official communication language is usually English. This develops students’ ability to multicultural communication and collaboration.

Further information

Course material is in It´s Learning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Course includes 6 assignments: 2 individual assignments and 4 group assignments. Maximum points of each assignment is 3 points. Thus, the maximum amount of points from assignments is 18.

In addition course includes 1 guest lecture report, which is assessed pass/fail.

Team work: formative assessment taking into account student's self and peer assessment.

Presence
50-59% attendance affect on your grade +0,1
60-64% attendance affect on your grade +0,2
65-69% attendance affect on your grade +0,3
70-74% attendance affect on you grade +0,4
75+% attendance affect on your grade +0,5

Final grade of the course is weighted average:
- Group assignments inc. self and peer assessment 40%
- Presence 10%
- Guest lecture report 10%
- Project work inc- self and peer assessment 40%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 6 points from assignments, project working hours not completed.

No show, not carrying out responsibilities, disappearing from team work, lack of communication with other team members.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 6-7 points from assignments + passing guest lecture report + completing project work hours
Grade 2: 8-10 points from assignments + passing guest lecture report + completing project work hours

Poor, but satisfactory performance both in independent work and team work. Low participation on lectures and other activities.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 11-13 points from assignments + passing guest lecture report + completing project work hours
Grade 4: 14-16 points from assignments + passing guest lecture report + completing project work hours

Good performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade 5: 17-18 point from assignments + passing guest lecture report + completing project work hours

Excellent performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Enrollment

04.10.2023 - 30.04.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Annukka Kinnari
Groups
  • VAVA2324

Objective

After completing a course student can:

- Plan and implement visual presentation materials of a project
- Do an effective pitch of a project
- Network with fellow students and with IT companies
- Reflect events in written reports

Content

The ICT ShowRoom is organized jointly by Turku University of Applied Sciences, University of Turku, and Åbo Akademi University. The participation is open for all students of the organizing higher education institutes who have worked with projects connected to ICT-connected topics. The event itself is open for the public and there are hundreds of visitors every year. More information about the event: https://www.ictshowroom.fi/

In ICT ShowRoom course, one can participate for the event and get a credit of the participation. Course consists of preparation for the event, ICT ShowRoom and self-reflection report. Project chosen for the exhibition can be done in previous courses or during spare time. Project can be presented in the event by entire project team, part of the project team or by a single student. It is important to realistically describe one´s own portion of the work done in the project and give honors for the work done by other team members as well. Self-reflection report is done individually.

Materials

Internet sources, links & descriptions online

Teaching methods

group work and independent work

Exam schedules

-

International connections

practical preparation for the event, pitsching a project in ICT ShowRoom and self-reflection report

Completion alternatives

No optional ways for implementation

Student workload

preperation, event and report 27 hours

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Fail (0)
No show, not enrolling materials by deadlines, lack of report.

Approved
The material has been enrolled for the event in advance by the given deadlines; a student has participated actively for the event and returned a self-reflection report.

Content scheduling

The ICT ShowRoom is organized jointly by Turku University of Applied Sciences, University of Turku, and Åbo Akademi University. The participation is open for all students of the organizing higher education institutes who have worked with projects connected to ICT-connected topics. The event itself is open for the public and there are hundreds of visitors every year. More information about the event: https://www.ictshowroom.fi/

In ICT ShowRoom course, one can participate for the event and get a credit of the participation. Course consists of preparation for the event, ICT ShowRoom and self-reflection report. Project chosen for the exhibition can be done in previous courses or during spare time. Project can be presented in the event by entire project team, part of the project team or by a single student. It is important to realistically describe one´s own portion of the work done in the project and give honors for the work done by other team members as well. Self-reflection report is done individually.

Further information

Next ICT ShowRoom will take place on 7.3.2024.

Read more about the event: https://www.ictshowroom.fi/

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

Preperation work for the event [poster and other material] is done by the deadlines given by the organizers. Active participation during ICT ShowRoom –event. Self-reflection report.

Qualifications

ICT related project, that has been implemented in previous courses or during spare time.

Enrollment

01.08.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Pia Satopää
Teacher in charge

Pia Satopää

Groups
  • PTIVIS21T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS21dncs
    PTIETS21 Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the basic principles of information security risk assessment and risk management
- list the phases of information security risk management process
- classify information security risks by applying different approaches
- give examples of different information security risk assessment methods
- organize and conduct information security risk assessment to an SME sector enterprise or similar size organization
- analyze the results of information security risk assessment
- give justified improvement proposals to mitigate information security risks.

Content

- The basic principles of information security risk assessment and risk management
- Information security risk management standard ISO/IEC 27005:2008
- Information security risk assessment methods and best practices
- Practical work

Materials

Material will be published in Itslearning.

Teaching methods

- Lectures, assignments and practical work

Exam schedules

Course has an exam.

Student workload

Lectures
Assignments and practical work

Content scheduling

After completing the course the student can:

- explain basic principles of ISO/IEC27005:2008 -standard based information security risk assessment and risk management
- explain the basic principles of information security risk assessment and risk management
- list the phases of information security risk management process
- classify information security risks by applying different approaches
- give examples of different information security risk assessment methods
- organize and conduct information security risk assessment to an SME sector enterprise or similar size organization
- analyze the results of information security risk assessment
- give justified improvement proposals to mitigate information security risks.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Grade will be composed of:
50% Personal and group Assignments
50% Exam.
The grade is determined by the average of homework assignments and the average grade of the exam.

Unsubmitted homework assignments lower the average of submissions. For example, if the average of homework assignments is 3.5 and one assignment is not submitted, the grade is reduced by -0.5, resulting in an average of 3. If two homework assignments are not submitted, the grade is 1 regardless of the average of submissions

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

<50% of assignment and exam points.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

>=50% of the homework assignments are completed, and 50% of the points are from the exam. Each part must get a passing grade.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

>=70% of the homework assignments are completed, and 70% of the points from the exam. Each part must get a passing grade.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

>=90% of assignment and exam points. Each part must get a passing grade.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 08.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jani Ekqvist
Teacher in charge

Jani Ekqvist

Groups
  • PTIVIS21T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS21dncs
    PTIETS21 Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is able to explain the basic principles of information security testing and assessment
- can list the phases of information security testing process
- is able to organize and conduct information security risk testing to an SME sector enterprise or similar size organization
- can analyse and report the results from information security testing
- is able to give justified improvement proposals to mitigate information security vulnerabilities

Content

- Social Engineering
- Penetration Testing
- Network Discovery
- Network Service Identification
- Vulnerability Scanning
- Password Cracking

Materials

We are using the TryHackMe.com training platform in addition to ItsLearning. Licenses for the duration of the course will be provided.

Exam schedules

Practical exam is in late March / early April, with re-take chance in April.

Student workload

Lectures 8h
Laboratory assignments 27h
Homework 27h
Exam 3h
Testing project 70h

Content scheduling

Course begins with introductory lecture. In laboratory exercises student learns to use the tools of trade. Finally, students perform a penetration testing engagement and report the results.

Further information

All communication will be through ItsLearning.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Laboratory and homework assignments 10-20% of grade
Exam 10-20% of grade
Project report 60-70% of grade

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student is unable to perform and report a penetration testing engagement independently.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Student understands the basics of penetration testing and is able to perform a penetration test against a web application independently. Student can write an understandable and actionable report about the test results.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Student has a good grasp of information security testing methodologies and tools. Student can independently test various types of internet connected applications. Student can write an understandable and actionable report about the test results that contains guidance for both the management and the developers responsible for the application.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Student is has knowledge and is able to select the best suited tool and methodology for the engagement. Student can independently test most types of internet connected applications. Student can write a clear, concise and actionable report about the test results that effectively guides management decisions and provides the software developers with detailed guidance on both fixing to found issues and methods for avoiding similar issues in the future.

Qualifications

Courses Internet Networks and Security and Linux and Virtualization

Enrollment

01.07.2023 - 11.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 19.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 200

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Elina Asukas
  • Hannu Parkkamäki
  • Hazem Al-Bermanei
  • Jarno Tuominen
  • Mika Koivunen
  • Lauri Kosomaa
  • Raimo Lehto
  • Jenni Aitonurmi
  • Timo Linnossuo
  • Hanna Hänninen
  • Ville Huhtinen
  • Lasse Mikkola
  • Harri Kankaanpää
  • Eija Kulju
  • Mikko Kiuru
Teacher in charge

Hazem Al-Bermanei

Groups
  • PTIVIS21O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIETS21swis
    PTIETS21 Software Development and Information Systems
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PBIOKES21
  • ICT_MOD_UPV_23
    ICT_MOD_UPV_23
  • PTIETS21sepm
    PTIETS21 Software engineering and Project Management
  • PTIETS21
  • PLILOS21
  • PRAKIS20
  • PKONTS21

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- participate in systematic research and development activities as a responsible member of the project team
- describe the principles of project team operation and project control
- explain the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
- use modern tools of project management in project planning and implementation
- solve problems related to project implementation
- apply his/her knowledge to achieve project goals
- document the project
- identify areas of further development related to one’s professional skills and is able to deepen one’s professional skills according to the project’s goals
- evaluate his/her learning and professional development in the project.
More detailed outcomes will be defined on a project basis and according to student’s degree programme and competence area.

Content

Innovation project is typically a development project implemented in co-operation with a company or another external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities or it can be based on a student’s or student team’s own project or business idea. Also development projects related to different student competitions are applicable.

The final extent, detailed contents, student workload and learning outcomes of the course will be defined on a project basis.

Materials

Everything you need to learn, read and know to be able to do the tasks

Information and learning goals and materials from PO
Learning goals from tutors
Individual reading and inquieries needed by the task

Teaching methods

Contact lessons/info, teamwork, individual work, reports. Pedagogical methods used: Project learning, problem based learning, CDIO and innovation pedagogy.

International connections

Innovation project is typically a development project implemented in co-operation with a company or another external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities or it can be based on a student’s, student team’s own project, or business idea. In addition, development projects related to different student competitions are applicable.
Students select their preferred projects they want to work after exhibition held on 05.09.2023 at 08,00-12,00.
After completing the course, the student can:
• participate in systematic research and development activities as a responsible member of the project team
• describe the principles of project team operation and project control
• explain the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
• use modern tools of project management in project planning and implementation
• solve problems related to project implementation
• apply his/her knowledge to achieve project goals
• document the project
• identify areas of further development related to one’s professional skills and is able to deepen one’s professional skills according to the project’s goals
• evaluate his/her learning and professional development in the project.

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

4 hours on Tuesday and 4 hours on Friday mandatory team time
Additionally individual/group student work other times

Content scheduling

05.09.2023 - 19.12.2023
• Project Work for pre-selected companies or organizations
• Working in groups of 5-10 students
• Each project has dedicated coach (staff member) and product owner (typically customer representative).
• Use chosen method and tools for project management

Further information

Coordinators:
Hazem Al-Bermanei (Hazem.Al-Bermanei@turkuamk.fi)
Linnossuo Timo (Timo.Linnossuo@turkuamk.fi)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Things to evaluate in Capstone:
• Attending group meetings
• Willingly accepts assigned tasks
• Studies and learn new skills needed for the project tasks.
• Contributes positively to group discussions.
• Completes work on time or make alternative arrangements.
• Helps others with their work when needed.
• Work accurately and completely, quality of the work is sufficient.
• Contribute a fair share to weekly tasks.
• Works to find out how to solve a problem and suggesting ideas.
• Overall is valuable member of the team.

The course is evaluated with grades 0-5. Assessment based on POs assesment, groups peer assessment and tutor’s assessment. Peer assessment will be made at the middle and the end of the course, but tutor asses constantly during the autumn.

Each project documents the process and Deliverables and reports them to the PO.
Each student documents her/his learning process and work individually in Learning Portfolio.
The documentations (group and individual), the group Reports and the individual the Learning Portfolios will be part of the evaluation and grading of student work and learning.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Any of these lacking in students work

• Student has not contributed to group discussions.
• Student has not helped others when needed.
• Student has not returned assignments.
• Student has not contributed a fair share to weekly tasks.
• Student has not worked to find out how to solve a problem.
• Level of the final result is poor.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

• Student has contributed to group discussions.
• Student has completed work late or after reminder.
• Student has helped others when needed on acceptably way.
• The quality of assignments made by the student is satisfactory.
• Student has contributed a fair share to weekly tasks on acceptably way.
• Student has worked to find out how to solve a problem on acceptably way.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grades (3 and 4) is placed between commendable and acceptably

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

• Student has contributed positively to group discussions.
• Student has completed work on time on commendable way.
• Student has helped others with their work.
• The quality of assignments made by the student is commendable.
• Student has contributed a fair share to weekly tasks on commendably way.
• Student has worked to find out how to solve a problem and suggesting ideas on commendable way.

Enrollment

12.12.2023 - 19.01.2024

Timing

12.01.2024 - 26.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

300 - 450

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Elina Asukas
  • Emmanuel Querrec
  • Antti Meriö
  • Jaakko Haltia
  • Jarno Tuominen
  • Alisa Pettersson
  • Timo Turtiainen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
  • Raimo Lehto
  • Lauri Kosomaa
  • Annika Kunnasvirta
  • Tiina Ferm
  • Timo Linnossuo
  • Rami Wahlsten
  • Sanna Simola
  • Taneli Ahtiainen
  • Juha Nikkanen
  • Mikko Niskanen
  • Hanna Hänninen
  • Ville Huhtinen
  • Jonna Heikkilä
  • Ali Khan
Teacher in charge

Timo Linnossuo

Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • VAIHTOK24
    Exchange spring 2024
  • PAUTOS21AT
    PAUTOS21AT
  • PAUTOS21KU
    PAUTOS21KU
  • PAUTOS21KAT
  • PKONTK22A
    PKONTK22A
  • PKONTK22B
    PKONTK22B
  • PMYYNS22
  • PLIITS21
  • PMYYNS21
  • PEYTES21
  • PAUTOS21
  • PAUTOS21A
    PAUTOS21A
  • PAUTOS21B
    PAUTOS21B
  • PTIVIS21S
    Embedded Software and IoT
  • PLIITS21mar
    PLIITS21mar
  • PLIITS21taha
    PLIITS21taha
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS21H
    Terveysteknologia
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PBIOKES21
  • PTIVIS21T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PMYYNS21A
    PMYYNS21A
  • PMYYNS21B
    PMYYNS21B
  • PEYTES21B
    PEYTES21B
  • PBIOKES21B
    PBIOKES21B
  • PEYTES21A
    PEYTES21A
  • PMMWES21
  • PBIOKES21A
    PBIOKES21A
  • PKONTK22

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- participate in systematic research and development activities as a responsible member of the project team
- describe the principles of project team operation and project control
- explain the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
- use modern tools of project management in project planning and implementation
- solve problems related to project implementation
- apply his/her knowledge to achieve project goals
- document the project
- identify areas of further development related to one’s professional skills and is able to deepen one’s professional skills according to the project’s goals
- evaluate his/her learning and professional development in the project.
More detailed outcomes will be defined on a project basis and according to student’s degree programme and competence area.

Content

Innovation project is typically a development project implemented in co-operation with a company or another external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities or it can be based on a student’s or student team’s own project or business idea. Also development projects related to different student competitions are applicable.

The final extent, detailed contents, student workload and learning outcomes of the course will be defined on a project basis.

Materials

Students choose their theory to suit the project and their own learning goals.
Every student chooses one useful book to read. The book must be useful for the project and for students own learning.
Students gather all necessary info, knowledge, skills and tools to be able to succesfully finnish the project.

Teaching methods

Contact lessons/info, teamwork, individual work, reports. Pedagogical methods used: Project learning, problem based learning, CDIO and innovation pedagogy.

International connections

Innovation project is typically a development project implemented in co-operation with a company or another external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities or it can be based on a student’s, student team’s own project, or business idea. In addition, development projects related to different student competitions are applicable.
Students select their preferred projects they want to work after exhibition.
After completing the course, the student can:
• participate in systematic research and development activities as a responsible member of the project team
• describe the principles of project team operation and project control
• explain the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
• use modern tools of project management in project planning and implementation
• solve problems related to project implementation
• apply his/her knowledge to achieve project goals
• document the project
• identify areas of further development related to one’s professional skills and is able to deepen one’s professional skills according to the project’s goals
• evaluate his/her learning and professional development in the project.

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

4 hours on Tuesday and 4 hours on Friday
Additionally student work in (SCRUM or other project management methods) team together with rest of team member and must meet their coach weekly.

Content scheduling

09.01.2024 - 26.04.2024.
• Innovation project is an onsite course. Working on Campus on Tuesdays and Fridays at 08-12. Absences for a maximum of 3 acceptable reasons.
• Project Work for pre-selected companies or organizations
• Working in groups of 6-10 students
• Each project has dedicated coach (staff member) and product owner (typically customer representative).
• SCRUM or some other method for project management
Idea/creation phase: Sep-Dec
Execution/prototyping phase: 12.01.2024 - 26.04.2024

Further information

Coordinators:
Linnossuo Timo
Sanna Simola

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Things to evaluate in Capstone:
• Attending group meetings
• Willingly accepts assigned tasks
• Contributes positively to group discussions.
• Completes work on time or make alternative arrangements.
• Helps others with their work when needed.
• Work accurately and completely, quality of the work is sufficient.
• Contribute a fair share to weekly tasks.
• Works to find out how to solve a problem and suggesting ideas.
• Overall is valuable member of the team.

The course is evaluated with grades 0-5. Assessment based on feedback from groups peer assessment, tutor’s assessment, and POs assessment. Peer assessment and turtor asesment will be done constantly during the course.
Individual learning portfolio and project teams deliverables and documentation of project work will be used as assessment material for grading together with Peer-, tutor and PO evaluations.
Feedback and acting on it is important part of assessment of students learning and skills.

Each project documents the process and Deliverables and reports them to the PO.
Each student documents her/his learning process and work individually in Learning Portfolio.
The documentations (group and individual), the group Reports and the individual the Learning Portfolios will be part of the evaluation and grading of student work and learning.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

• Student has not contributed to group discussions.
• Student has not helped others when needed.
• Student has not returned assignments.
• Student has not contributed a fair share to weekly tasks.
• Student has not worked to find out how to solve a problem.
• Level of the final result is poor.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

• Student has contributed to group discussions.
• Student has completed work late or after reminder.
• Student has helped others when needed on acceptably way.
• The quality of assignments made by the student is satisfactory.
• Student has contributed a fair share to weekly tasks on acceptably way.
• Student has worked to find out how to solve a problem on acceptably way.
• Student has collected and documented feedback from peers, tutor and PO.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grades (3 and 4) is placed between commendable and acceptably

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

• Student has contributed positively to group discussions.
• Student has completed work on time on commendable way.
• Student has helped others with their work.
• The quality of assignments made by the student is commendable.
• Student has contributed a fair share to weekly tasks on commendably way.
• Student has worked to find out how to solve a problem and suggesting ideas on commendable way.
• Student has collected, documented and used feedback from peers, tutor and PO to imoprove his skills and work.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jaakko Lamminpää
  • Antti Haarto
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- use quantities and units in accordance with the SI system
- solve problems consist of motion
- make graphical presentations and analyze them
- draw free-body diagram
- solve problems involved forces using Newton´s laws
- apply work and conservation of energy to solve problems
- calculate electric and magnetic forces acting on particles and the wave motion of an electro-magnetic fields in engineer’s work
- describe measurement techniques of temperature

Content

- SI system of units
- kinematics, friction
- Newton´s laws with some applications
- work, power and energy
- electric and magnetic fields

Materials

Momentti 1, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Momentti 2, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen, Reijo Manninen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Tammertekniikka: Tekniikan kaavasto tai Otava: MAOL-taulukot
Lisäksi verkkomateriaalia ja opettajan laatimaa materiaalia, joka jaetaan ItsLearning työtilan kautta.

Teaching methods

lähiopetus, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö, virtuaaliopetus

Exam schedules

1. osakoe torstaina vk 44.
2. osakoe keskiviikkona vk 50
Vain toisen osakokeen voi uusia. Osakokeen uusimismahdollisuus järjestetään
joulukuussa 2023 - helmikuussa 2024.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan fysiikan perustaitoja, jotka ovat insinöörityön perusta. Esimerkit ja tehtävät sisältävät alakohtaisia sovellusesimerkkejä. Opintojaksolla käytetään kansainvälisiä fysiikan merkintätapoja ja terminologiaa, mikä antaa opiskelijoille valmiuksia ymmärtää kansainvälistä insinöörialan kirjallisuutta, standardeja yms. Tehtävien ratkomisessa opiskelijoita kannustetaan tiimityöskentelyyn. Opintojaksolla käytetään sähköistä oppimisympäristöä.

Completion alternatives

Mikäli opiskelija haluaa suorittaa opintojakson näyttökokeella ilman kotitehtäviä, niin siitä on erikseen sovittava opettajan kanssa.

Student workload

Kontaktitunnit ja kokeet 52 h
Itsenäinen opiskelu, kotitehtävät ja osakokeisiin valmistautuminen (loppukokeeseen valmistautuminen) 75 h

Content scheduling

9/2023 - 10/2023: Suureet, yksiköt, etenevä liike, heitto- ja ymyräliike, vapaakappalekuvat, voimista (Newtonin lait), paino, kitka, työ ja energia, liikemäärä; osakoe 1
11/2023 - 12/2023: Sähköstatiikkaa, Coulombin laki, sähkökenttä ja -potentiaali, kondensaattorit, DC-piirit, magnetismioppia, induktio ja AC, muuntaja; osakoe 2
12/2023 - 2/2024: Osakokeiden uusinnat.

Further information

Opintojaksolla tarvitaan laskinta (funktiolaskin tai graafinen laskin).

(Avoin AMK 3 paikkaa)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Kotitehtävien suorituksista korkeintaan 66 pistettä (jokaisesta oikein ratkaistusta tehtävästä saa pisteen)
Osakokeista yhteensä korkeintaan 60 pistettä (2 x 30 pistettä)

Osakokeista on saatava yhteensä vähintään 12 pistettä.
Osakokeen 1 alueesta on tehtävä ainakin 12 kotitehtävää.
Osakokeen 2 alueesta on tehtävä ainakin 10 kotitehtävää.
Yhteensä on kuitenkin saatava vähintään 50 pistettä

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Yhteensä alle 50 pistettä.
tai
Osakaokeista yhteensä alle 12 pistettä
tai
Osakokeen 1 alueesta on tehty alle 12 kotitehtävää.
tai
Osakokeen 2 alueesta on tehty alle 10 kotitehtävää.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Yhteensä vähintään 50 pistettä ja alle 74 pistettä sekä osakokeista yhteensä vähintään 12 pistettä ja kotitehtävistä vähintään 12+10 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Vähintään 74 pistettä ja alle 98 pistettä sekä osakokeista yhteensä vähintään 12 pistettä ja kotitehtävistä vähintään 12+10 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Vähintään 98 pistettä.

Qualifications

High school mathematics courses (higher or subsidiary level)
OR
Primary+secondary school and vocational school mathematics curriculum
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 26.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jaakko Lamminpää
  • Antti Haarto
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- use quantities and units in accordance with the SI system
- solve problems consist of motion
- make graphical presentations and analyze them
- draw free-body diagram
- solve problems involved forces using Newton´s laws
- apply work and conservation of energy to solve problems
- calculate electric and magnetic forces acting on particles and the wave motion of an electro-magnetic fields in engineer’s work
- describe measurement techniques of temperature

Content

- SI system of units
- kinematics, friction
- Newton´s laws with some applications
- work, power and energy
- electric and magnetic fields

Materials

Momentti 1, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Momentti 2, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen, Reijo Manninen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Tammertekniikka: Tekniikan kaavasto tai Otava: MAOL-taulukot
Lisäksi verkkomateriaalia ja opettajan laatimaa materiaalia, joka jaetaan ItsLearning työtilan kautta.

Teaching methods

lähiopetus, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö, virtuaaliopetus

Exam schedules

1. osakoe vk 10.
2. osakoe vk 17
Vain toisen osakokeen voi uusia. Osakokeen uusimismahdollisuus järjestetään
toukokuussa - syyskuussa 2024.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan fysiikan perustaitoja, jotka ovat insinöörityön perusta. Esimerkit ja tehtävät sisältävät alakohtaisia sovellusesimerkkejä. Opintojaksolla käytetään kansainvälisiä fysiikan merkintätapoja ja terminologiaa, mikä antaa opiskelijoille valmiuksia ymmärtää kansainvälistä insinöörialan kirjallisuutta, standardeja yms. Tehtävien ratkomisessa opiskelijoita kannustetaan tiimityöskentelyyn. Opintojaksolla käytetään sähköistä oppimisympäristöä.

Completion alternatives

Mikäli opiskelija haluaa suorittaa opintojakson näyttökokeella ilman kotitehtäviä, niin siitä on erikseen sovittava opettajan kanssa.

Student workload

Kontaktitunnit ja kokeet 52 h
Itsenäinen opiskelu, kotitehtävät ja osakokeisiin valmistautuminen (loppukokeeseen valmistautuminen) 75 h

Content scheduling

1/2024 - 3/2024: Suureet, yksiköt, etenevä liike, heitto- ja ymyräliike, vapaakappalekuvat, voimista (Newtonin lait), paino, kitka, työ ja energia, liikemäärä; osakoe 1
3/2024 - 4/2024: Sähköstatiikkaa, Coulombin laki, sähkökenttä ja -potentiaali, kondensaattorit, DC-piirit, magnetismioppia, induktio ja AC, muuntaja; osakoe 2
5/2025 - 9/2024: Osakokeiden uusinnat.

Further information

Opintojaksolla tarvitaan laskinta (funktiolaskin tai graafinen laskin).

(Avoin AMK 3 paikkaa)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Kotitehtävien suorituksista korkeintaan 66 pistettä (jokaisesta oikein ratkaistusta tehtävästä saa pisteen)
Osakokeista yhteensä korkeintaan 60 pistettä (2 x 30 pistettä)

Osakokeista on saatava yhteensä vähintään 12 pistettä.
Osakokeen 1 alueesta on tehtävä ainakin 12 kotitehtävää.
Osakokeen 2 alueesta on tehtävä ainakin 10 kotitehtävää.
Yhteensä on kuitenkin saatava vähintään 50 pistettä

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Yhteensä alle 50 pistettä.
tai
Osakaokeista yhteensä alle 12 pistettä
tai
Osakokeen 1 alueesta on tehty alle 12 kotitehtävää.
tai
Osakokeen 2 alueesta on tehty alle 10 kotitehtävää.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Yhteensä vähintään 50 pistettä ja alle 74 pistettä sekä osakokeista yhteensä vähintään 12 pistettä ja kotitehtävistä vähintään 12+10 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Vähintään 74 pistettä ja alle 98 pistettä sekä osakokeista yhteensä vähintään 12 pistettä ja kotitehtävistä vähintään 12+10 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Vähintään 98 pistettä.

Qualifications

High school mathematics courses (higher or subsidiary level)
OR
Primary+secondary school and vocational school mathematics curriculum
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- solve equations, including radical, exponential and logarithmic equations
- use determinants and matrices
- apply dot and cross products
- perform basic operations on complex numbers
- use relevant mathematical terms and notation correctly

Content

- Sets of numbers and number systems
- Real functions
- Polynomials equations and inequalities, exponential and logarithmic equations
- Trigonometry for right triangles
- Complex numbers
- Vectors and matrices

Materials

ITSL-sivulta löytyvät:
Luentomuistiinpanot
Laskuharjoitusten tehtävät ja vastaukset

Teaching methods

Luennot
Laskuharjoitukset
Kokeet

Exam schedules

OSA1:
Osakoe1 ja sen uusinta marraskuussa
OSA2:
Osakoe2 ja sen uusinta joulukuussa

Lopullinen uusinta seuraavan vuoden tammikuussa:
voi tehdä jomman kumman tai kummatkin osakokeista

Student workload

6*2h kertausosan luennot
6*1h kertausosan laskuharjoitukset
20*2h luennot
20*1h laskuharjoitukset, joissa yhteensä noin 150 kpl tehtäviä
2*2h kokeet
loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua

Content scheduling

Syyskuu, KERTAUSOSA:
- peruslaskutoimitukset, murtoluvut
- potenssi, juuri, logaritmi
- polynomit
- 1. ja 2. asteen yhtälöt, yhtälöpari

Syyskuu-marraskuu, OSA1:
- funktiot ja yhtälöt, potenssiyhtälö, juuriyhtälö, eksponenttiyhtälö, logaritmiyhtälö, epäyhtälö
- trigonometria
- kompleksiluvut

Marraskuu-joulukuu, OSA2:
- matriisit, determinantit
- vektorit
- lukujärjestelmät

Further information

Sähköposti.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Osakokeista täytyy saada 16/40 pistettä yhteensä päästäkseen läpi.
Laskuharjoituksista saatavat lisäpisteet parantavat arvosanaa, niitä voi saada max 10 pistettä.
Arvosanataulukko pisteiden mukaan:
0-15: 0
16-22: 1
23-29: 2
30-35: 3
36-42: 4
43-50: 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Ei tarpeeksi pisteitä kokeista.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Qualifications

High school mathematics courses (higher or subsidiary level)
OR
Primary+secondary school and vocational school maths curriculum AND course: Introduction to Mathematics and Physics
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Juha Saarinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- solve equations, including radical, exponential and logarithmic equations
- use determinants and matrices
- apply dot and cross products
- perform basic operations on complex numbers
- use relevant mathematical terms and notation correctly

Content

- Sets of numbers and number systems
- Real functions
- Polynomials equations and inequalities, exponential and logarithmic equations
- Trigonometry for right triangles
- Complex numbers
- Vectors and matrices

Materials

Itslearning-sivulta löytyvät:
Luentomuistiinpanot
Kurssilla on käytössä kirja, josta on valtaosa tehtävistä: Insinöörin Matematiikka, Tuomenlehto, Holmlund, Huuskonen, Makkonen, Surakka.

Teaching methods

Luennot
Laskuharjoitukset
Kokeet

Exam schedules

Kaksi osakoetta. Aikataulu ilmoitetaan kursin Itslearning sivustolla

Completion alternatives

Osakokeet
Tehdyistä tehtävistä saa hyvitystä kurssi arvosanaan.

Student workload

26*2h luennot
13*2h laskuharjoitukset
2*2h kokeet
loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua

Content scheduling

1. osa:
- trigonometria
- vektorit
- matriisit

2. osa:
- Lukujärjestelmät
- Kompleksiluvut
- Funktiot: polynomi, rationaali-, eksponentti- ja logaritmifunktiot
- 1. asteen yhtälö
- 2. asteen yhtälö
- yhtälöryhmät
- Epäyhtälö

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Osakokeista täytyy saada tietty määrä pisteitä päästäkseen läpi.
Laskuharjoituksista saatavat lisäpisteet parantavat arvosanaa.
Arvosanataulukko löytyy Itslearning-sivulta.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Ei tarpeeksi pisteitä kokeista.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosanataulukko löytyy Itslearning sivulta

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosanataulukko löytyy Itslearning sivulta

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosanataulukko löytyy Itslearning sivulta

Qualifications

High school mathematics courses (higher or subsidiary level)
OR
Primary+secondary school and vocational school maths curriculum AND course: Introduction to Mathematics and Physics
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 18.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Alarik Näykki
  • Taisto Suominen
Teacher in charge

Taisto Suominen

Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Identify the roles in game development and integrate into a game production team
- Identify and use the most common game development tools and industry standards
- Identify different platforms in game development and perform basic operations within one platform
- Understand and apply game design thinking
- Use basic tools related to audio listener and audio source interaction
- Understand copyright law and the purpose of immaterial property

Content

Introduction to
- The history of video games
- Phases and disciplines of the game development process
- 2D and 3D game content creation
- Game audio (basic sound editing and sound implementation within games)
- Game programming
- Game development tools and game platforms
- The game industry

Materials

Due to the practical nature of this course, there is no prescribed learning material. All necessary documentation and other material toward the successful completion of Intro to Game Dev Tools will be shared with students throughout the course.

Teaching methods

The course will be delivered through close contact lecture sessions.
Peer-assisted learning is required throughout the course of the group project.

This course is a collaboration with the University of Turku and we will use the Moodle learning platform.
The shortcut for the Moodle page is:
http://bit.ly/igdt2023

Students are able to access Moodle using their HAKA accounts (TUAS account credentials).

Exam schedules

No exam dates;
This course does not have any retake possibilities. Failing the course means that students will have to repeat it the following year.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration, if you have experience from industry or other experience that is compatible with the course content.Discuss with lecturer to arrange the demonstrations.

Student workload

This course requires students to work 135 hours and is divided as follows:
- Lectures and presentations: 40 hours
- Group work and preparation: 95 hours
The group work requires students to work together in teams to make a small game project.

Students will be required to present their group game project in 3 milestones:
Week 38 - Concept presentation
Week 43 - Prototype presentation
Week 49 - Final game presentation

The concept and prototype presentations are for monitoring student progress and used as the basis of formative feedback. For every formative milestone missed, one grade point will be deducted from the final grade of each group member.

The final game presentation is mandatory - failure to present this will cause the entire group to fail the course.

Content scheduling

Week 36: Introduction to games industry and the history of video games
Week 37: Game Design and instructions for your first game project
Week 38: Game Engines
Week 39: Concept presentations
Week 40: Game Programming
Week 41: Game Graphics
Week 42: No Session. *Work on your game project*
Week 43: Game Programming - AI
Week 44: Prototype presentations
Week 45: Game Audio and tools
Week 46: Game Optimization and polishing
Week 47: Publishing the project. Publishing platforms, channels and process
Week 48: Finalize your game. No lecture or online session.
Week 49: Final Game presentation

Further information

This course is a collaboration with the University of Turku and we will use the Moodle learning platform. The shortcut for the Moodle page is http://bit.ly/igdt2023

Students are able to access Moodle using their Haka accounts (TUAS account credentials).

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The game project is evaluated as follows:
GROUP grade...
- Lecturers overall impression of the game (H-5).

INDIVIDUAL student per group grade
Each student will also be measured on their contribution to the group's activities for each project by:
- Self assessment of the contribution made;
- Group member evaluation of the contribution made;

The combination of these gives an individual grade for each student per project.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failure to produce and present the group game project will cause the entire group to fail the course.
Individual non-participation as determined by the peer-evaluation will also lead to failing the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- Project contains a few of the features outlined in the project plan
- Did not really stay on track with their planned milestones
- Did not use their Game Engine or programming skills in any new ways
- Code and hierarchy are disorganized, using inconsistent conventions
- The presentation were given without preparation

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

- Project contains most of the features outlined in the project plan
- Stayed mostly on track with their planned milestones
- Used their Content Creations skills and learned more, but not necessarily creative ways
- Used their Game Engine and/or programming skills in new, but not necessarily creative ways
- Code and hierarchy are mostly neat & commented, using correct conventions
- Good quality and prepared Group Presentations

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Project contains all of the features outlined in the project plan
- Stayed on track with their planned milestones
- Used their Content Creations skills and learned more skills in a novel and creative ways
- Used their Game Engine and/or programming skills in a novel and creative ways
- Code and hierarchy are neat & commented, using correct conventions
- Group Presentations were excellent and well prepared

Qualifications

Game Development Essentials (5051259)

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 10.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Marika Säisä
Groups
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTIETS22sepm
    PTIETS22 Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS22O
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
Work as a team member and/or project manager in an ICT project.
Customer communication.
Substance knowledge on ICT field.
Work-life skills and soft skills including team work, communication, communication in English, time management, professional attitude and self-management skills.

Content

Project work in an international project team in ICT projects.
Substance knowledge of different ICT field -related topics.
Working life skills (team working, communication, time management, professional attitude and taking responsibility) and problem-solving skills.

Materials

Various internet sources, links & descriptions online.

Teaching methods

Group work and independent work, project work, onsite activities

Exam schedules

No exam

International connections

Practical assignments and reports
Project work
Self study

Completion alternatives

Project work part can be done in a company, if student has a ICT-related job.

Student workload

Assignments, lectures, self study: 164 hours
Guest lectures + report: 27 hours
Project work: 81 hours

Majority of project work is done on-site.

Content scheduling

This course gives understanding how to be a team member in customer projects in ICT field as well as substance knowledge of different ICT field -related topics. Students will team up for a project work on customer projects related to ICT field. Customer projects develop students’ working life skills (among others: team working, communication, time management, professional attitude and taking responsibility) and problem solving skills.
Project teams are usually international and the official communication language is usually English. This develops students’ ability to multicultural communication and collaboration.

Further information

-

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments and reports: diagnostic assessment.

Project work: formative assessment based on self and peer assessment, customer’s feedback (if available) and project manager’s feedback.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

No show, not carrying out responsibilities, disappearing from project, lack of communication with project team.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Satisfactory performance both in project work and independent work.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Good performance both in project work and independent work.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Excellent performance both in project work and independent work.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 04.09.2023

Timing

01.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Marko Teräspuro
Teacher in charge

Tero Virtanen

Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS22T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

• Configure switches and end devices to provide access to local and remote network resources.

• Explain how physical and data link layer protocols support the operation of Ethernet in a switched network.

• Configure routers to enable end-to-end connectivity between remote devices.

• Create IPv4 and IPv6 addressing schemes and verify network connectivity between devices.

• Explain how the upper layers of the OSI model support network applications.

• Use security best practices to configure a small network.

• Troubleshoot connectivity in a small network.

Content

CCNAv7 Introduction to Networks (ITN) course introduces students to networking architectures, models, protocols, and components. These components facilitate the connection of users, devices, applications and data through the internet and across modern computer networks. By the end of the course, students can perform basic configurations for routers and switches to build simple local area networks (LANs) that integrate IP addressing schemes and foundational network security.

Materials

All needed material will be available online in https://cisco.netacad.com
Further course enrollment instructions are provided by instructor.
Please register to the site using school email.

Exam schedules

Theory final exam and Packet Tracer exam will held in course.
You can do one re-exam within course deadline.
NOTE: Course ending time shown in academy system is not real, please check the course plan for end date!

Student workload

Lecturing and laboratory work each week
Independent studying, including:

- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Preparation for finals exam(s)

Content scheduling

Course covers the architecture, structure, functions and components of the Internet and other computer networks. Students achieve a basic understanding of how networks operate and how to build simple local area networks (LAN), perform basic configurations for routers and switches, and implement Internet Protocol (IP).
By the end of the course, students will be able to:

- Configure switches and end devices to provide access to local and remote netwok resources.
- Explain how physical and data link layer protocols support the operation of Ethernet in a switched network.
- Configure routers to enable end-to-end connectivity between remote devices.
- Create IPv4 and IPv6 addressing schemes and verify network connectivity between devices.
- Explain how the upper layers of the OSI model support network applications.
- Configure a small network with security best practices.
- Troubleshoot connectivity in a small network.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Laboratory assignments in laboratory room
Packet tracer assignments done at home
Module exams
Practice final exams
Theory final exam and Packet Tracer final exam.

The overall result is the sum of the all results of the assignments and exams, passing limit is 60%.
Detailed grading limits will be provided in course plan when course starts but past grading limits have been the following:

Less than 60% Fail
60-67.4% Grade 1
68-75.4% Grade 2
76-83.4% Grade 3
84-91.4% Grade 4
91.5% or higher Grade 5

Qualifications

Internet Networks and Security (5051215) or equal skill.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 26.09.2023

Timing

25.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Juha Saarinen
Teacher in charge

Juha Saarinen

Scheduling groups
  • Laboratory Group 1 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Laboratory Group 2 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS22S
    Embedded Software and IoT
Small groups
  • Laboratory Group 1
  • Laboratory Group 2

Objective

Student knows Basic tools for data analysis
Student can implement data analytics in edge computing
Student knows Basic solutions for big data analysis in cloud

Content

Data at rest and data in motion
Process for data analysis
Data preparation
Basics of descriptive statistics
Data visualization
Machine learning basics
Big data architectures

Materials

Cisco network academy material www.netacad.com

Teaching methods

Self-study network material
Lectures
7 laboratory sessions

International connections

Lab works
Lectures
Self study

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

lab works 7x4h = 28h
lectures 6x1h = 6h
exam = 2h
self study = 74h
exam preparation 25h
TOTAL 135h

Content scheduling

Chapter 1 Data and the Internet of Things
Chapter 2 Fundamentals of Data Analysis
Chapter 3 Data Analysis
Chapter 4 Advanced Data Analytics and Machine Learning
Chapter 5 Storytelling with Data
Chapter 6 Architecture for Big Data and Data Engineering

Further information

-

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Must pass Final Exam:
60% -> 1
68% -> 2
76% -> 3
84% -> 4
92% -> 5
Mandatory lab works: +/- 2 grades from individual Lab performance
Mandatory lectures, must attend 70%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failed Final Exam <60%
or
Weak Final exam < 76% + poor lab performance (missing labs, nonprofessional attitude or lack of active problem-solving, missed lectures)

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Excellent Final Exam >92%
and
expected lab performance (all labs done with average performance)
or
Good Final Exam >76%
and
superb lab performance (all labs done, actively learns new skills outside of the lab scope, is able to help fellow students, attended all lectures)

Qualifications

Basic skills in using both Windows and Linux systems
Basic networking skills (Cisco CCNA1 or similar)
Basic programming skills with some high level programming language (for example Python, Java, C# or similar)
Basic programming skills include (but are not limited to): output formatting, conditional execution, loops, functions/procedures, function parameters and return values, arrays, error handling, testing and good programming policies
Sufficient logical-mathematical thinking skills
Sufficient skills in English language (lectures and all materials are in English)

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Teacher in charge

Jari-Pekka Paalassalo

Scheduling groups
  • Labraryhmä A (Size: 35. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Labraryhmä B (Size: 35. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS22S
    Embedded Software and IoT
Small groups
  • Lab group A
  • Lab group B

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- knows how Internet of Things (IoT) is reshaping businesses
- understands the general architecture of an IoT system
- can build an IoT system in lab demo environment

Content

- IoT in business context
- Essential IoT concepts
- IoT architecture

Materials

Cisco Network academy materials

Teaching methods

Self-study network material
Lectures
6 laboratory sessions

International connections

Lab Works
Lectures
Self study

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Lab sessions 6x4h = 24h
Final exams 3h
Lectures 12h
Self study 85h
Exam preparation 12h

Content scheduling

Chapter 1: Things and Connections
Chapter 2: Sensors, Actuators, and Microcontrollers
Chapter 3: Software is Everywhere
Chapter 4: Networks, Fog and Cloud Computing
Chapter 5: Digitization of the Business
Chapter 6: Create an IoT Solution

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Must pass Final Exam:
60% -> 1
68% -> 2
76% -> 3
84% -> 4
92% -> 5
Mandatory lab works: +/- 2 grades from individual Lab performance
Mandatory lectures, must attend 70%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failed Final Exam <60%
or
Weak Final exam < 76% + poor lab performance (missing labs, nonprofessional attitude or lack of active problem-solving, missed lectures)

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Excellent Final Exam >92%
and
expected lab performance (all labs done with average performance)
or
Good Final Exam >76%
and
superb lab performance (all labs done, actively learns new skills outside of the lab scope, is able to help fellow students, attended all lectures)

Qualifications

Basic skills in using both Windows and Linux systems
Basic networking skills (Cisco CCNA1 or similar)
Basic programming skills with some high level programming language (for example Python, Java, C# or similar)
Basic programming skills include (but are not limited to): output formatting, conditional execution, loops, functions/procedures, function parameters and return values, arrays, error handling, testing and good programming policies
Sufficient logical-mathematical thinking skills
Sufficient skills in English language (lectures and all materials are in English)

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Teacher in charge

Jari-Pekka Paalassalo

Scheduling groups
  • Labraryhmä A (Size: 35. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Labraryhmä B (Size: 35. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS22S
    Embedded Software and IoT
Small groups
  • Lab group A
  • Lab group B

Materials

Cisco Network academy materials

Teaching methods

Self-study network material
Lectures
7 laboratory sessions

International connections

Lab works
Lectures
Self study

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Lab sessions 6x4h = 24h
Final exam 2h
Lectures 12h
Self study 85h
Exam preparation 12h

Content scheduling

Chapter 1: The IoT Under Attack
Chapter 2: IoT Systems and Architectures
Chapter 3: The IoT Device Layer Attack Surface
Chapter 4: IoT Communication Layer Attack Surface
Chapter 5: IoT Application Layer Attack Surface
Chapter 6: Vulnerability and Risk Assessment in an IoT System

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Must pass Final Exam:
50% -> 1
68% -> 2
76% -> 3
84% -> 4
92% -> 5
Mandatory lab works: +/- 2 grades from individual Lab performance
Mandatory lectures, must attend 70%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failed Final Exam <50%
or
Weak Final exam < 76% + poor lab performance (missing labs, nonprofessional attitude or lack of active problem-solving, missed lectures)

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Excellent Final Exam >92%
and
expected lab performance (all labs done with average performance)
or
Good Final Exam >76%
and
superb lab performance (all labs done, actively learns new skills outside of the lab scope, is able to help fellow students, attended all lectures)

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 300

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Anne Jumppanen
  • Tero Jokela
  • Matti Kuikka
  • Jani Ekqvist
  • Teppo Saarenpää
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Jarno Tuominen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
  • Paula Steinby
  • Taisto Suominen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIETS23A
    PTIETS23A
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIETS23B
    PTIETS23B
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After having completed the course, the student:
• can describe different topical areas of ICT, their interfaces to other fields and application opportunities from different perspectives
• can identify channels to contribute to the development of the society in general and own professional field in particular
• is familiar with the ICT degree programme's competence tracks' contents, applications and business cooperation
• analyze one’s own competences, interests, strengths and development areas

Content

* getting familiar with competence tracks' contents, laboratories, and projects
* career planning and choosing one's preference for competence track

Materials

Itslearning

Teaching methods

Lectures, practical work, reports etc.

Exam schedules

Taking the course requires attendance and finishing the given tasks. The is no chance for a retake after the course has ended.

International connections

Attendance & assignment requirements for each part are specified in Itslearning.
DEAI - Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
DNCS - Data Networks and Cybersecurity
EMB - Embedded Software and IoT
GAME - Game and Interactive Technologies
SEPM - Software Engineering and Project Management
EHEA - Health Technology

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

Two weekly morning sessions per each part plus tasks / exercises.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

To pass the course, students must pass 5/6 of the parts.

Content scheduling

The course consists of six parts, one for each competence track.
Lessons in Jan - April 2024, timetables for each group available in lukkari.turkuamk.fi.

Further information

Itslearning

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 16.09.2023

Timing

08.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Pauliina Tryykilä
Teacher in charge

Pauliina Tryykilä

Groups
  • PTIVIS22H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can define the specific characteristics and possibilities of the health technology sector
- can describe interfaces and applications of health technology from different perspectives
- can explain the ICT engineering competences needed in the field of health technology
- analyze his or her own skills, interests, strengths and development needed in this sector

Content

- Social and health care actors and processes
- Health technology sector
- Evaluation of the usability of a health technology product

Materials

Materials in the itsLearning workspace

Teaching methods

Lectures
Materials and assignments shared on the ItsLearning platform

Student workload

Health technology introduction and definitions, 1 cr
Health technology as an industry, 2 credits
Health technology research 2 credits

Content scheduling

- Different areas and special features of the health technology. ICT in the context of health technology.
- Healthtech companies, trade associations and authorities. Employment, career paths. The current situation of the industry.
- Health technology research and projects at TUAS. HealthTech Lab.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student recognizes the field of the health technology industry and the opportunities it creates
The student knows the areas of health technology as well as its interfaces and applications
The student identifies some areas of knowledge in information and communication technology necessary for the tasks of an engineer in relation to the field of health technology
The student identifies his own skills, interests, strengths and development needs in the industry

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student knows the field of the health technology industry and its special features, as well as the opportunities created by the industry
The student is able to describe the areas, interfaces and application areas of health technology from the perspective of a ICT engineer
The student can explain the areas of competence required for the tasks of an information and communication technology engineer in relation to the field of health technology
The student knows his own skills, interests, strengths and development needs in the industry

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student knows how to define the field of the health technology industry and its special features, as well as the opportunities created by the field
The student is able to describe the areas, interfaces and applications of health technology from different perspectives
The student can explain the areas of competence required for the tasks of an information and communication technology engineer in relation to the field of health technology
The student knows how to analyze his own skills, interests, strengths and development needs in the industry

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Noora Maritta Nieminen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

Student obtains the skills and knowledge required in basic mathematics and physics courses within ICT engineering education.

Content

- Numbers and number presentations
- Basic operations on integers and rational numbers
- Roots and powers
- Order of operations
- International System of Units, unit conversions
- Polynomial and rational expressions
- 1. and 2. degree polynomial equations
- Systems of two equations
- Percent calculation
- Surface areas and volumes of solids
- Density, mass and volume
- Interpreting graphs of functions
- Movement with constant speed or acceleration

Materials

Course Materials and Assignments in Itslearning
Formula Book
Function Calculator (Casio fx-82EX or equivalent)

Teaching methods

Contact lessons: 2 hour sessions twice a week

Contact lessons are a combination of lectures and working on and checking exercises.

Studentsa are also expected to work on exercises independently.

Exam schedules

1. Midterm exam of module A on week XX
2. Midterm exam of module B on week XX

After the completion of the course, two retake opportunities are offered. You can retake either module A's intermediate exam, module B's intermediate exam, or both intermediate exams at once. The retake opportunity applies only to those students whose performance meets the passing criteria of the course in terms of active attendance and submitted practice assignments.

Completion alternatives

The course cannot be completed by just taking an exam.

Student workload

Classroon instruction 52 h
Independent work c. 68 h
Exams and preparing for them c. 15 h

Content scheduling

Classroom instruction and exams on weeks 36-50 as stated in the schedule. Re-exams in January 2024.
Contents:
- Numbers and number presentations
- Basic operations on integers and rational numbers
- Roots and powers
- Order of operations
- International System of Units, unit conversions
- Polynomial and rational expressions
- 1. and 2. degree polynomial equations
- Systems of two equations
- Percent calculation
- Surface areas and volumes of solids
- Density, mass and volume
- Interpreting graphs of functions
- Movement with constant speed or acceleration

Further information

Itslearning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The evaluation of the course is based on:
1. The student's active participation in classroom instruction, with a minimum requirement of 75% attendance.
2. Performance in both midterm exams, with a minimum requirement of 40% of the total points from each exam.
3. Engagement in practice assignments, with a minimum requirement of 30% of the assignments submitted for both modules.

If a student demonstrates active participation in the course, their grade can be raised as follows:
* By 0.5 grade if they have submitted at least 60% of all assignments
* By 1 grade if they have submitted at least 90% of all assignments

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not demonstrated the achievement of the learning objectives of the course. The student only recognizes and can use a few concepts related to the subject matter of the course and is unable to apply them.

A failing grade will be given if:
1. The student has not participated sufficiently in classroom instruction (less than 75%).
2. The student has not submitted a sufficient number of assignments (less than 30% per module).
3. The student has not successfully passed either or both of the midtern exams (less than 40% of the total score for each exam).

The course will also be failed if cheating is detected in the student's performance. The first instance of detected cheating or attempted cheating will result in the rejection of the individual exam or assignment. The second instance will lead to the rejection of the entire course performance.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has demonstrated satisfactory achievement of the learning objectives of the course. The student recognizes and is able to utilize the concepts related to the subject matter of the course to some extent.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has demonstrated a good achievement of the learning objectives of the course, although there is still room for improvement in some areas of knowledge and skills. The student is able to effectively use the concepts related to the subject matter of the course and apply their learning in academic and work-related situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has demonstrated an excellent achievement of the learning objectives of the course. The student masterfully understands the concepts related to the subject matter of the course and can analyze related topics smoothly and convincingly. The student possesses strong abilities to apply their learning in academic and work-related situations.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Juha Saarinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B

Objective

Student obtains the skills and knowledge required in basic mathematics and physics courses within ICT engineering education.

Content

- Numbers and number presentations
- Basic operations on integers and rational numbers
- Roots and powers
- Order of operations
- International System of Units, unit conversions
- Polynomial and rational expressions
- 1. and 2. degree polynomial equations
- Systems of two equations
- Percent calculation
- Surface areas and volumes of solids
- Density, mass and volume
- Interpreting graphs of functions
- Movement with constant speed or acceleration

Materials

Course Materials and Assignments in Itslearning
Formula Book
Function Calculator (Casio fx-82EX or equivalent)

Teaching methods

Contact lessons: 2 hour sessions twice a week

Contact lessons are a combination of lectures and working on and checking exercises.

Studentsa are also expected to work on exercises independently.

Exam schedules

1. Midterm exam of module A (halfway through the course)
2. Midterm exam of module B (at the end of the course)

Schedule and content for the midterm exams will be announced during the course on the course Itslearning site.

After the completion of the course, two retake opportunities are offered. You can retake either module A's intermediate exam, module B's intermediate exam, or both intermediate exams at once. The retake opportunity applies only to those students whose performance meets the passing criteria of the course in terms of active attendance and submitted practice assignments.

Completion alternatives

The course cannot be completed by just taking an exam.

Student workload

Classroon instruction 52 h
Independent work c. 68 h
Exams and preparing for them c. 15 h

Content scheduling

Classroom instruction and exams on weeks 36-50 as stated in the schedule. Re-exams in January 2024.
Contents:
- Numbers and number presentations
- Basic operations on integers and rational numbers
- Roots and powers
- Order of operations
- International System of Units, unit conversions
- Polynomial and rational expressions
- 1. and 2. degree polynomial equations
- Systems of two equations
- Percent calculation
- Surface areas and volumes of solids
- Density, mass and volume
- Interpreting graphs of functions
- Movement with constant speed or acceleration

Further information

Itslearning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The evaluation of the course is based on:
1. The student's active participation in classroom instruction, with a minimum requirement of 75% attendance.
2. Performance in both midterm exams, with a minimum requirement of 40% of the total points from each exam.
3. Engagement in practice assignments, with a minimum requirement of 30% of the assignments submitted for both modules.

If a student demonstrates active participation in the course, their grade can be raised as follows:
* By 0.5 grade if they have submitted at least 60% of all assignments
* By 1 grade if they have submitted at least 90% of all assignments

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not demonstrated the achievement of the learning objectives of the course. The student only recognizes and can use a few concepts related to the subject matter of the course and is unable to apply them.

A failing grade will be given if:
1. The student has not participated sufficiently in classroom instruction (less than 75%).
2. The student has not submitted a sufficient number of assignments (less than 30% per module).
3. The student has not successfully passed either or both of the midtern exams (less than 40% of the total score for each exam).

The course will also be failed if cheating is detected in the student's performance. The first instance of detected cheating or attempted cheating will result in the rejection of the individual exam or assignment. The second instance will lead to the rejection of the entire course performance.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has demonstrated satisfactory achievement of the learning objectives of the course. The student recognizes and is able to utilize the concepts related to the subject matter of the course to some extent.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has demonstrated a good achievement of the learning objectives of the course, although there is still room for improvement in some areas of knowledge and skills. The student is able to effectively use the concepts related to the subject matter of the course and apply their learning in academic and work-related situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has demonstrated an excellent achievement of the learning objectives of the course. The student masterfully understands the concepts related to the subject matter of the course and can analyze related topics smoothly and convincingly. The student possesses strong abilities to apply their learning in academic and work-related situations.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Paula Steinby
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A

Objective

Student obtains the skills and knowledge required in basic mathematics and physics courses within ICT engineering education.

Content

- Numbers and number presentations
- Basic operations on integers and rational numbers
- Roots and powers
- Order of operations
- International System of Units, unit conversions
- Polynomial and rational expressions
- 1. and 2. degree polynomial equations
- Systems of two equations
- Percent calculation
- Surface areas and volumes of solids
- Density, mass and volume
- Interpreting graphs of functions
- Movement with constant speed or acceleration

Materials

Course Materials and Assignments in Itslearning
Formula Book
Function Calculator (Casio fx-82EX or equivalent)

Teaching methods

Contact lessons: 2 hour sessions twice a week

Contact lessons are a combination of lectures and working on and checking exercises.

Studentsa are also expected to work on exercises independently.

Exam schedules

1. Midterm exam of module A on week 44
2. Midterm exam of module B on week 50

After the completion of the course, two retake opportunities are offered. You can retake either module A's intermediate exam, module B's intermediate exam, or both intermediate exams at once. The retake opportunity applies only to those students whose performance meets the passing criteria of the course in terms of active attendance and submitted practice assignments. Examination will take place in January-February 2024, the exact dates TBA.

Completion alternatives

The course cannot be completed by just taking an exam.

Student workload

Classroon instruction 52 h
Independent work c. 68 h
Exams and preparing for them c. 15 h

Content scheduling

Classroom instruction and exams on weeks 36-50 as stated in the schedule. Re-exams in January 2024.
Contents:
- Numbers and number presentations
- Basic operations on integers and rational numbers
- Roots and powers
- Order of operations
- International System of Units, unit conversions
- Polynomial and rational expressions
- 1. and 2. degree polynomial equations
- Systems of two equations
- Percent calculation
- Surface areas and volumes of solids
- Density, mass and volume
- Interpreting graphs of functions
- Movement with constant speed or acceleration

Further information

Itslearning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The evaluation of the course is based on:
1. The student's active participation in classroom instruction, with a minimum requirement of 75% attendance.
2. Performance in both midterm exams, with a minimum requirement of 40% of the total points from each exam.
3. Engagement in practice assignments, with a minimum requirement of 30% of the assignments submitted for both modules.

If a student demonstrates active participation in the course, their grade can be raised as follows:
* By 0.5 grade if they have submitted at least 60% of all assignments
* By 1 grade if they have submitted at least 90% of all assignments

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not demonstrated the achievement of the learning objectives of the course. The student only recognizes and can use a few concepts related to the subject matter of the course and is unable to apply them.

A failing grade will be given if:
1. The student has not participated sufficiently in classroom instruction (less than 75%).
2. The student has not submitted a sufficient number of assignments (less than 30% per module).
3. The student has not successfully passed either or both of the midtern exams (less than 40% of the total score for each exam).

The course will also be failed if cheating is detected in the student's performance. The first instance of detected cheating or attempted cheating will result in the rejection of the individual exam or assignment. The second instance will lead to the rejection of the entire course performance.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has demonstrated satisfactory achievement of the learning objectives of the course. The student recognizes and is able to utilize the concepts related to the subject matter of the course to some extent.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has demonstrated a good achievement of the learning objectives of the course, although there is still room for improvement in some areas of knowledge and skills. The student is able to effectively use the concepts related to the subject matter of the course and apply their learning in academic and work-related situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has demonstrated an excellent achievement of the learning objectives of the course. The student masterfully understands the concepts related to the subject matter of the course and can analyze related topics smoothly and convincingly. The student possesses strong abilities to apply their learning in academic and work-related situations.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jarno Tuominen
Teacher in charge

Jarno Tuominen

Groups
  • PTIVIS22S
    Embedded Software and IoT

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can program in C language
- can name different components of system software and explain their function
- can describe the main structure of operating systems
- can explain the function of operating system’s tasks

Content

- C programming
- process management
- file systems
- memory management

Materials

Material in Itslearning / Git

A recommended book (not mandatory to purchase):
Brian Kernighan and Dennis Ritchie: The C Programming Language

Teaching methods

Lectures (on-site)
Practical exercises and demos (on-site)
Self study

Exam schedules

TBD

International connections

Lectures (on-site)
Practical exercises and demos (on-site)
Self study

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Lectures 14 x 1h = 14h
Practical exercises and demos: 13x2h = 26h
Exercise work demo: 3h
Self study (coding and other activities) 92h

TOTAL 135h

Content scheduling

After completing the course the student:
- can program in C language
- can use style guide
- can test programs
- can name different components of system software and explain their function
- can describe the main structure of operating systems
- can explain the function of operating system’s tasks
- can use Git version control and git remotes

Weekly lectures and exercises from Week 2 to Week 17

Further information

-

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Must pass practical exercises and exercise work.

At least 70% attendance required in on-site teaching.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failed practical exercises and/or exercise work and/or less than 50% attendance on contact teaching and/or unprofessional behavior.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Exercises and exercise work of satisfactory (but acceptable) quality and/or 50 - 70% of attendance on contact teaching. Professional behavior throughout the course.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Exercises and exercise work of good quality and at least 70% of attendance on contact teaching. Professional behavior throughout the course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Exercises and exercise work of excellent quality, over 70% of attendance on contact teaching and very active attitude and motivation towards learning. Professional behavior throughout the course.

Qualifications

Basic programming skills with some high level programming language (for example Python, Java, C# or similar)
•Basic programming skills include (but are not limited to): output formatting, conditional execution, loops, functions/procedures, function parameters and return values, arrays, error handling, testing and good programming policies
•Sufficient logical-mathematical thinking skills

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 15.09.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Teppo Saarenpää
Teacher in charge

Teppo Saarenpää

Groups
  • PTIVIS22H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course, a student can
- identify basic problems in usability situations 
- pay attention to basic demands existing between users and tools  
- take user’s place in usability problems   
- construct easy driven user connections

Content

- Designing the user connection
- Problematic situations in usability
- Estimating the usability
- Ergonomics in usability

Materials

All course materials and instructions can be found in It'sLearning workspace.

Teaching methods

The course is implemented as face-to-face teaching using electronic work tools with a schedule according to the timetable. The course material is added to It'sLearning as the course progresses and is available to students until the end of the course. In the final phase of the course, an exercise is carried out in small groups, where the things learned during the course are applied to a practical application. A report is produced from the exercise work, which is evaluated as part of the whole. At the end of the course, there is a theory test on the most relevant theoretical content covered during the course.

Exam schedules

Exam 12/2023
Re-exams 12/2023 - 1/2024

International connections

In the course, the basic skills of usability and usability planning are studied. The examples and tasks contain sector-specific application examples. The study course uses source material in English, which gives students the ability to understand international engineering literature, publications, standards, etc. When solving assignments, students are encouraged to work in a team. Digital study material and an electronic learning environment are used in a variety of ways in the course.

Student workload

Contact teaching 28h
Personal studying, homework, project work and exam preparations 111h

Content scheduling

• 9/23 : usability definition, benefits, principles and operating models
• 10/23 : human as user, interaction, culture and environment and usability evaluation
• 11/23: usability testing, user research, conceptual design and sense of sight and visual observation
• 12/23: practice work on the topics discussed in the course. It is carried out in small groups.
• 12/23: final exam

Further information

All course materials and instructions can be found in It'sLearning workspace.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Exercise work (max 20). The task in small groups is project-based work. [summative assessment, teacher assessment]
Final exam (max 20 points, linear table). [summative assessment, teacher assessment].
Repeat exams (max. 20 p.) 2 will be organized as needed. [summative assessment, teacher assessment]

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student knows the topics covered in the course and recognizes the practical design tasks to which they could be applied.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student is familiar with the topics covered in the course and knows how to use them in practical planning tasks.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has mastered the topics covered in the course and knows how to apply them independently to practical design tasks.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 04.09.2023

Timing

01.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Marko Teräspuro
Teacher in charge

Tero Virtanen

Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS22T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is familiar with Linux-based system use
- understands the concepts of virtual machines
- is able to install programs and modify settings
- can implement system security improvements

Content

- using Linux as an operating system
- virtual machine usage
- program installation and management
- enhancing system security

Materials

All needed material will be available online in https://cisco.netacad.com
Further course enrollment instructions are provided by instructor.
Please register to the site using school email.

Exam schedules

Theory final exam and practical exam will held in course.
You can do one re-exam within course deadline.
NOTE: Course ending time shown in academy system is not real, please check the course plan for end date!

Student workload

Lecturing and laboratory work each week
Independent studying, including:

- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Preparation for finals exam(s)

Content scheduling

Students who complete the course will be able to perform the following functions:

- Basic Linux command line skills
- How to use help commands and navigate help systems when using Linux
- How to work with Linux files and directories
- Search and extract data from Linux files
- Creating users and groups on a Linux system
- Managing Linux file permissions and ownership

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Laboratory assignments in lab and at home using virtual machines
Module exams
Theory final exam and practical exam.

The overall result is the sum of the all results of the assignments and exams, passing limit is 60%.
Detailed grading limits will be provided in course plan when course starts but past grading limits have been the following:

Less than 60% Fail
60-67.4% Grade 1
68-75.4% Grade 2
76-83.4% Grade 3
84-91.4% Grade 4
91.5% or higher Grade 5

Qualifications

Course Internet Networks and Security

Enrollment

05.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Pauliina Tryykilä
Teacher in charge

Pauliina Tryykilä

Groups
  • PTIVIS20H
    Terveysteknologia

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is familiar with legislation and regulatory bodies that play a key role in product development of medical devices
- is able to designate commonly used standards for product development in medical devices and understand their importance in product development
- understands the purpose and requirements for risk management process
- understands the purpose and impact of the quality management system for product development

Content

- Legislation and regulations on medical device product development
- Product development standards
- Risk management
- Quality system
- Software as a medical device

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.11.2023 - 30.04.2024

Timing

01.12.2023 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PINFOS23B
    PINFOS23B
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PINFOS23C
    PINFOS23C
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C
  • PINFOK23B
    PINFOK23B
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PINFOK23A
    PINFOK23A
  • PINFOS23A
    PINFOS23A
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- understands the key features of MATLAB
- knows the basic arithmetic commands of MATLAB
- recognizes the different data types of MATLAB
- knows how variables and functions work in MATLAB
- can use the programming constructs of MATLAB
- knows about the basic data manipulation techniques in MATLAB
- understands the differences of most common plots of MATLAB

Content

- Installing MATLAB
- MathWorks-account
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial

Materials

Can be found from the ITSL-website of the course and from the official website of MathWorks:
- general instructions
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial and ITSL-exercises
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial and ITSL-exercises

Teaching methods

MATLAB online tutorials.
ITSL-exercises evaluated automatically.

Exam schedules

No exams.

International connections

Self-paced independent study.
Automated evaluation.

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

- Installing MATLAB and MathWorks-account (4 h)
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial and ITSL-exercises (10 h)
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial and ITSL-exercises (67 h)

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Passing the course:
- ITSL-exercises: 50 % of the points to pass
- MATLAB Onramp and Fundamentals tutorials: 85 % done

Content scheduling

Timing:
Between 01.12.-30.04.
Self-paced course.

Content:
- Installing MATLAB
- MathWorks-account
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial

Further information

jetro.vesti@turkuamk.fi

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

Passing the course:
- ITSL-exercises: 50 % of the points to pass
- MATLAB Onramp and Fundamentals tutorials: 85 % done

Qualifications

Previous knowledge of basics of programming is strongly advised. No previous knowledge of MATLAB is required.

Enrollment

01.04.2024 - 30.11.2024

Timing

01.05.2024 - 30.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PINFOS23B
    PINFOS23B
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PINFOS23C
    PINFOS23C
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PINFOS23A
    PINFOS23A
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F
  • PINFOK24C
    PINFOK24C

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- understands the key features of MATLAB
- knows the basic arithmetic commands of MATLAB
- recognizes the different data types of MATLAB
- knows how variables and functions work in MATLAB
- can use the programming constructs of MATLAB
- knows about the basic data manipulation techniques in MATLAB
- understands the differences of most common plots of MATLAB

Content

- Installing MATLAB
- MathWorks-account
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial

Materials

Can be found from the ITSL-website of the course and from the official website of MathWorks:
- general instructions
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial and ITSL-exercises
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial and ITSL-exercises

Teaching methods

MATLAB online tutorials.
ITSL-exercises evaluated automatically.

Exam schedules

No exams.

International connections

Self-paced independent study.
Automated evaluation.

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

- Installing MATLAB and MathWorks-account (4 h)
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial and ITSL-exercises (10 h)
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial and ITSL-exercises (67 h)

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Passing the course:
- ITSL-exercises: 50 % of the points to pass
- MATLAB Onramp and Fundamentals tutorials: 85 % done

Content scheduling

Timing:
Between 01.05.-30.11.
Self-paced course.

Content:
- Installing MATLAB
- MathWorks-account
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial

Further information

jetro.vesti@turkuamk.fi

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

Passing the course:
- ITSL-exercises: 50 % of the points to pass
- MATLAB Onramp and Fundamentals tutorials: 85 % done

Qualifications

Previous knowledge of basics of programming is strongly advised. No previous knowledge of MATLAB is required.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

40 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mikko Kiuru
Teacher in charge

Mikko Kiuru

Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS22T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Course grading will be based on home assignments and laboratory assignments.

On-site course attendance is required minimum 50% to pass the course. Exceptions are to be agreed with the Lecturer individually.

Maximum points score (excl. bonus labs) for the course is 100p, and grading is as follows:

50-59 pts = 1
60-69 pts = 2
70-79 pts = 3
80-89 pts = 4
90 and more = 5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Noora Maritta Nieminen
Scheduling groups
  • Ryhmä A (Size: 0. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Ryhmä B (Size: 0. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Ryhmä C (Size: 0. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C
Small groups
  • 1
  • 2
  • 3

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- describe the most important software application types and their typical features
- discuss the selection of a proper solution technology
- define the main concepts of programming such as source code, compiler, variable and data type
- read program code written by someone else
- utilize the most important decision and control structures
- recognize basic object-oriented concepts (class and its members, object, reference, exceptions)
- design and implement simple software applications
- draw a flow chart of the program.

Content

- software application structure
- development environment and tools
- variables and data types
- functions
- decision and control structures
- arrays and lists

Evaluation scale

H-5

Qualifications

Basic computer skills and high school or vocational school mathematics curriculum or equivalent skills.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Tommi Tuomola
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- describe the most important software application types and their typical features
- discuss the selection of a proper solution technology
- define the main concepts of programming such as source code, compiler, variable and data type
- read program code written by someone else
- utilize the most important decision and control structures
- recognize basic object-oriented concepts (class and its members, object, reference, exceptions)
- design and implement simple software applications
- draw a flow chart of the program.

Content

- software application structure
- development environment and tools
- variables and data types
- functions
- decision and control structures
- arrays and lists

Evaluation scale

H-5

Qualifications

Basic computer skills and high school or vocational school mathematics curriculum or equivalent skills.

Enrollment

01.08.2023 - 23.09.2023

Timing

11.09.2023 - 08.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Werner Ravyse
Teacher in charge

Werner Ravyse

Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the different phases and main methods of the development of a software product
- explain the concepts class hierarchy, inheritance, and polymorphism, and utilize these in software development
- discuss the possibilities of parallel programming
- apply exception handling mechanisms
- design, implement and document a simple user interface application.

Content

- object-oriented structures
- error handling with exceptions
- threads
- database connection
- software development process and methods
- UML diagrams

Materials

Lecture and supplementary material will be made available at the appropriate timing for each topic or upon request from the students.

Teaching methods

The course will combine instructivist theory lectures with cognitivist problem solving by means of programming tasks and assignements.

Exam schedules

This course does not have a formal exam.

Completion alternatives

All theory lessons and practical sessions will be in face-to-face contact mode at TUAS premises.

The location and timing of each of the lessons will be made available in August 2023.

Student workload

OOP is a 5 ECTS course and each student is thereby expected to work 135 hours. The workload will be broken into:
- 25 - 40% theory
- 25 - 40% practical work (under guidance and supervision)
- 20 - 50% self-exploratory work and problem solving
The workload numbers are purely indicators and will vary from student to student (depending largely on experience).

Content scheduling

This course teaches the basics of object oriented programming (OOP) and uses the C# programming language as practical application tool.
OOP runs from September to December and consists of:
- Theory sessions (all students);
- Practical sessions for students who already have experience in C#;
- Practical sessions for students with little to no experience with C#.

The theory lecture sessions will include theoretical unpacking of OOP concepts and demonstrations (in tutorial fashion) of the topic for that specific phase of the course, while the practical sessions will be an opportunity for students to practice the aspects shown during the lecture sessions. The practical sessions are also intended for students to work on their class assignments, under the assistance of the lecturer, Turku Game Lab engineer, or senior student class assistant.

The course content is delivered on a weekly basis and will cover the following topics:
- The history and low-level theory of computer program execution;
- The C# development environment (Visual Studio) and the basic program structure;
- Data types and how to use them with logical and arithmetical operators;
- Control structures and iteration;
- Overview of OOP principles;
- Abstraction;
- Encapsulation;
- Inheritence;
- Polymorphism

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

This course consists of:
- Practical assignments per topic; and
- An online theory quiz

All work is individual.

Practical assignments are to be returned via ItsLearning and will be graded on a 0-5 basis (failure to return an assignment by the end of the course, will lead to the assignment receiving a grade of 0). The grading criteria (rubric) for each assignment will be made available at the time of receiving the assignment. All practical assignments will be combined to give a practical average.

The theory quiz will be completed via the ItsLearning platform and transposed to a grade of 0-5. The quiz will only be open at the end of the course for a specified time - failure to complete a quiz during the allocated time slot (unless pertinent reasons are given) will result in the quiz receiving a grade of 0.

All assignments and the quiz will contribute to the respective averages - in other words, an assignment that was not attempted will score 0 and still count toward the final grade.

The course is graded as follows:
(Practical average x 0,5) + (Theory quiz x 0,5)

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Each student must complete:
- At least 4 practical assignments; and
- The theory quiz
If students do not meet this minimum requirement, they will fail the course.

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

15.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tiina Ferm
Teacher in charge

Tiina Ferm

Groups
  • PTIVIS22H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the different phases and main methods of the development of a software product
- explain the concepts class hierarchy, inheritance, and polymorphism, and utilize these in software development
- discuss the possibilities of parallel programming
- apply exception handling mechanisms
- design, implement and document a simple user interface application.

Content

- object-oriented structures
- error handling with exceptions
- threads
- database connection
- software development process and methods
- UML diagrams

Materials

The content covers chapters 1-5 and 11
Python 3 Object Oriented Programming by Dusty Phillips, ISBN-13: 978-1849511261

Teaching methods

Learning by programming

Completion alternatives

The course can be compensated with an exam

Student workload

reading the material 10* 3 h = 30 h
doing the network exercises 7 * 5 h = 35 h
doing the programming exercises 10 * 7 h = 70 h

total 135 h student work

Content scheduling

The learning is based on doing
- network exercises
- programming exercises
- to support the learning there are weekly introductory lectures on the topic followed with programming exercises



All the classes are programming labs. A student needs to go through the theory before the labs.

Further information

the course uses itslearning as a learning platform

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment is completely based on exercises. NOTE! exercises returned late are not assessed



- 5 mandatory class programming exercises, assessment pass/fail during the class.  
- 4 quiz, each 5 points
- 4  programming labs,  each 5 points


if all 5 mandatory class exercises are passed ? grade 1
each 10 points from quizzes and labs add 1 grade
If a student fails a mandatory class exercise, points from quizzes and labs are used to compensate it, 10 points compensates one class exercise.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

missing mandatory accepted class exercises and not enough points to compensate tehm

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

all mandatory class exercises done (grade 1) and additional 10 points (grade 2)

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

all mandatory class exercises done (grade 1) and additional 20 points (grade 3) or 30 (grade 4)

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

all mandatory class exercises done (grade 1) and additional 40 points (grade 5)

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Teacher in charge

Jari-Pekka Paalassalo

Groups
  • PTIVIS22S
    Embedded Software and IoT

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the different phases and main methods of the development of a software product
- explain the concepts class hierarchy, inheritance, and polymorphism, and utilize these in software development
- discuss the possibilities of parallel programming
- apply exception handling mechanisms
- design, implement and document a simple user interface application.

Content

- object-oriented structures
- error handling with exceptions
- threads
- database connection
- software development process and methods
- UML diagrams

Materials

Published at git.dc.turkuamk.fi

Teaching methods

Lectures
Exercises
Final project

Student workload

lectures 12h
hands-on exercises 24h
home exercises 100h

Content scheduling

1. Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming
2. Classes, Objects and Methods
3. Objects and references
4. Class hierarchies
5. Design Patterns
6. Applications

Further information

itslearning course page

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

for a total of 100pts:
40 pts homework submitted
40 pts development process evidence in gitlab
20 pts concepts exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

<50 pts
missing homework
No systematic gitlab commit evidence

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50-70 pts
homework missing
Weak evidence of systematic commit cycle

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70-90 pts
Clear evidence of systematic commit cycle

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

>90 pts

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

29.11.2023 - 13.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Anne Jumppanen
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Ali Khan
Teacher in charge

Anne Jumppanen

Groups
  • PTIETS22sepm
    PTIETS22 Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS22O
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the different phases and main methods of the development of a software product
- explain the concepts class hierarchy, inheritance, and polymorphism, and utilize these in software development
- discuss the possibilities of parallel programming
- apply exception handling mechanisms
- design, implement and document a simple user interface application.

Content

- object-oriented structures
- error handling with exceptions
- threads
- database connection
- software development process and methods
- UML diagrams

Materials

All the learning materials are mentioned in ItsLearning

Teaching methods

The course is structured as separate lectures and demo sessions. During the lectures, the teacher will go through the theory and the students are coding some exercises together with the teacher using their own computers.

Reading the given material and coding the programming exercises and exercise work.

Demonstrating and documenting the exercises and exercise work.

Exam schedules

There is no exam in this course

International connections

Self assessment
Student regularly pays attention to own learning and studying.
Students are asked to take notes from each programming exercise and contemplate at least the following:
* Topic area: What did I know about the topic beforehand? What did I think about the area?
* While coding: Thoughts about the challenge level and interest of the exercise.
* Afterwards: What did I learn?

Moreover, students learn to assess their own work regarding every assignment using scale: Excellent - Good - Sufficient.

Completion alternatives

1) Demonstrate e.g. a real work life project and showing that student masters the contents of this course.

2) mooc.fi contains a programming MOOC, whose contents covers the Introduction to Programming and Advanced Programming courses of the University of Helsinki. Courses are 10 credits together (5+5). Object oriented course can be alternatively completed by completing the second part of the course (i.e., parts 8 to 14).

Student workload

To pass this course requires acceptably finished coding exercises as well as exercise work and return in time.

5 credits: 27 * 5 = 135 hours

Weekly work amount: 135 hours / 14 weeks = 9.5 hours a week.

Content scheduling

The exercises in this course are done with Python

Objective
After completing the course the student can:
- explain the different phases and main methods of the development of a software product
- explain the concepts class hierarchy, inheritance, and polymorphism, and utilize these in software development
- discuss the possibilities of parallel programming
- apply exception handling mechanisms
- design, implement and document a simple user interface application.

Content
- object-oriented structures
- error handling with exceptions
- threads
- database connection
- software development process and methods
- UML diagrams

Further information

The main information channel is ItsLearning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course contains 8 weekly exercises and an exercise work (that corresponds 4 weekly exercises). They can contain both programming theory and coding.

Each exercise has several tasks, from which points are given. Maksimum points from each exercise is 10 and from all exercises is 120.

Grade is formed based on the number and quality of acceptably finished exercises and the presence at class:

less than 60 points -> grade 0
60 points -> grade 1
72 points -> grade 2
84 points -> grade 3
96 points -> grade 4
108 points -> grade 5
Presence less than 75 % on the Friday lectures (without an acceptable reason) reduces the exercise points by 10%.
Acceptable reason to skip lectures is illness (or sudden tragedy in immediate family). Please inform teacher in advance if you cannot make it to the lecture. Working or holiday trip etc. are not acceptable reasons for absence.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Grade is fail if less than 60 points is achieved from exercises and/or exercises are very insufficient or of very poor quality.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade is satisfactory (1-2) if 60 - 71 points is achieved and exercises are done in time. Exercises may contain minor (quality) issues.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade is good (3-4) if 72 - 107 points is achieved, exercises are done in time and they are well done.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade is excellent (5) if at least 108 points is achieved, exercises are done in time and the quality is excellent.

Enrollment

01.08.2023 - 06.09.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mikko Kiuru
Teacher in charge

Mikko Kiuru

Groups
  • PTIVIS21T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS21dncs
    PTIETS21 Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is able identify and mitigate cyber threats in networks
- can detect cyber threats and defend against them
- can recognize Internet-based cyber threats such as denial of service attacks and mitigate them

Content

Students will protect enterprise-level network against cyber attacks. Students learn to detect network attacks and successfully defend against them.
In the lab exercises students
- configure firewalls and intrusion detection systems
- monitor network activities and detect cyber attacks
- react when network attack is happening

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.05.2024

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

30 - 200

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Pia Satopää
  • Jarno Tuominen
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
  • Tiina Ferm
  • Taisto Suominen
  • Juha Nikkanen
  • Tero Jokela
  • Matti Kuikka
  • Jani Ekqvist
  • Mika Luimula
  • Teppo Saarenpää
  • Ali Khan
Groups
  • PTIVIS20O
    Software engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS20T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS20H
    Terveysteknologia
  • PTIVIS20S
    Embedded Software and IoT
  • PTIVIS20P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.04.2024 - 31.12.2024

Timing

01.06.2024 - 30.06.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 200

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jarno Tuominen
  • Mika Koivunen
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
  • Taisto Suominen
  • Juha Nikkanen
  • Matti Kuikka
  • Jani Ekqvist
  • Teppo Saarenpää
  • Mikko Kiuru
  • Jussi Salmi
  • Jani Vanharanta
  • Marika Säisä
Groups
  • PTIVIS21O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS21H
    Terveysteknologia
  • PTIVIS21T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS21S
    Embedded Software and IoT
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.08.2023 - 31.08.2023

Timing

01.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 90

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Tommi Tuomola
Teacher in charge

Tommi Tuomola

Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS22T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

The goal of this workshop is to introduce the students to the concepts and techniques for programming a network device. Upon completion of the workshop, students will be able to:
- Understand the value, set-up and use of software concepts and tools relevant to network programmability (Python scripting, Git, JSON, Postman, APIs).
- Describe a different approach to software-defined networking (SDN), including central application policy control.
- Create simple applications in Python with REST APIs.
- Use the Cisco DevNet Sandbox to interact with programmable devices using real-world APIs on Cisco APIC-EM programmable controllers.
- Create a variety of programs to interact with the Cisco APIC-EM APIs.

Content

Introduction to Python and Programming Basics
- Code and Communities of Practice
- Python Basics: Use Python to create programs that accept user input and read and write to external files
- APIs and Parsing JSON: Create a Python application that accesses an API based on user input and processes and displays the JSON data that is returned.
- Programming the APIC-EM 2.1
- Network Programmability: Explain how the Cisco APIC-EM enhances network management and performance
- Programming the APIC-EM REST API: Explain features of the APIC-EM API and documentation
- Create Python software tools for working with the APIC-EM API

Materials

Teacher provided lecture material
Supporting public online material
All needed material (or at least a link to them) will be available in itslearning.

Teaching methods

Lectures and program examples
Programming exercises
Independent learning

Exam schedules

Final exam in december.

International connections

Given program examples and programming exercises support each topic studied during the lectures. Additional material in the form of tutorials and reliable information sources is provided.

Student workload

Contact hours 56 h
Inpendent studying 79h, including:
- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Preparation for the exam

Content scheduling

The goal of this course is to introduce the student to the programming related concepts and techniques often needed in the field of data networks and information security.

Upon completion of this course, students will be able to write small Python scripts to:
-Parse different kinds of data (JSON, log data etc.)
-Connect and query a database
-Query an external API for data and build a simple REST API of their own

The contents of the course:
-JSON format
-Using basic Python data structures to store data
-Parsing data in Python
-Basics of databases - concepts of relational and non-relational databases
-Querying databases with Python
-Concept of an API
-Querying an API with Python
-Building your own RESTful API
-Command line arguments and piping content to a Python script
-Basics of osquery

Further information

Itslearning and contact classes are the main communication channels used on this course.

The student is required to have a computer capable of running a simple Ubuntu virtual machine.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Final exam
Programming exercises returned throughout the course

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming or equivalent competence in Python.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 14.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 08.03.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Taisto Suominen
Teacher in charge

Taisto Suominen

Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Understand the roles in a game development team
- Utilize the most common game development tools and industry standards
- Understand various game development platforms
- Understand the game design process
- Utilize agile game development methods

Content

- The roles in the game development team
- Introduction of agile methods suitable for game development
- Game content creation
- Game programming
- Contemporary game development tools and game platforms
- Financing and publishing channels of the game industry

Materials

Due to the practical nature of this course, there is no prescribed learning material. All necessary documentation and other material toward the successful completion of the project course on game development will be shared with students throughout the course.

The learning platform UTU Moodle https://bit.ly/pcgd2024

Teaching methods

Weekly Friday morning meetings:
onsite meetings in ICT City
each team presents shortly the current status of their project
preferably with a workable and playable demo
each answers briefly the following three questions:
1. Have you achieved the previous goal?
2. What are you going to do next?
3. Is there something preventing you from doing it?

Weekly Friday Laboratory Meetings in ICT City C3031
Friday afternoon meeting will cover the week topic for game development as project and team work. Each team and member will plan and share the upcoming week task

The course will be delivered through close contact and practical Game Lab work. Peer-assisted learning is required throughout the course.

The course material, assignments and direct instructions will be shared through UTU Moodle workspace https://bit.ly/pcgd2024 and Itslearning for afternoon laboratory with TUAS students

Exam schedules

There are no exams for this course.

This course does not have any retake possibilities. Failing the course means that students will have to repeat it the following year.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

Experience in published game project in a company. Contact the instructor.

Student workload

Close contact meetings and laboratory 51h
Team based project work 84h

Content scheduling

Week 2
Grouping and ideas
Week 3
Pitching the idea
Week 4
Game mechanics working
Week 5
Game assets implemented
Week 6
Version that can be tested internally by the group
Week 7
Version that can be tested with friends and family
Week 8
Work on your game project
Week 9
Playable version that can be shown to strangers
Week 10
ICT Showroom event (Thu)
Post production and publishing, ICT Showroom event experiences
Course wrap up

Further information

Passing this course is a pre-requisite for continuing with 3th-year studies – no exceptions will be made.

Recommended Pre-requisite for this course is passed grading of Game Development Essentials, Introduction to Game Development Tools and Object Oriented Programming

This course requires mandatory participation for 70% of the sessions.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course has weekly meetings:
On Friday morning meetings one member of the group must present the weekly goal of the group and review the progress.
On Friday afternoon meetings are based both on individual and group work at Gamelab.
Each student will be evaluated independently based on group work, active participation and progress and peer evaluation
The participation will form a factor for the whole grade: attendance percentage x final grade

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failure to participate weekly meetings and to submit the game project as a group
Individual non-participation as determined by attendance and the peer-evaluation will also lead to failing the course.
Failure to participate at least 70% of the sessions.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- The weekly progress is weak
- Deliverable is done on hasty manner
- Deliverable contains a few features
- Deliverable is incoherent or does not work
- Student has participated at least 70% of the sessions

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

- The weekly progress is good
- Deliverable contains many features
- Adequately applied preliminary research to complete the project, but lacking creativity
- Deliverable is coherent and functions as required
- Student has participated at least 70% of the sessions

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- The weekly progress is excellent
- Deliverable contains lots of features
- Creatively applied preliminary research to complete the assignment
- Deliverable is coherent and the quality is superb
- Student has participated at least 70% of the sessions

Enrollment

29.11.2023 - 30.01.2024

Timing

15.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 65

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Marika Säisä
Teacher in charge

Marika Säisä

Groups
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTIETS22sepm
    PTIETS22 Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS22O
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
Describe different project management methods and frameworks and their feasibility to different projects.
Ability to function as a project manager in different phases of a project and produce the project related specifications and documents.
Describe different project management association and certifications.
Risk analysis and quality assurance.

Content

The course covers aspects of different project management methods, such as waterfall and agile as well as different project management associations and certifications. Furthermore, the course covers topics about project management, including project planning, budgeting, scheduling and WBS, risk assessment and quality assurance.

Materials

Various internet sources, links & descriptions online

Teaching methods

Lectures, group work and independent work, project work, online activities

Exam schedules

-

International connections

Practical assignments and reports
Project work
Self study

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Lectures and on-site activities: 54 hours
Assignments and self study: 71 hours
Guest lectures + report: 10 hours
TOTAL 135 hours

Content scheduling

The course starts with the course introduction and team building followed by Scrum simulation. The focus is set on agile project management, especially Scrum framework. There after the aspects of waterfall project management methodology are discussed. The student learns how to create a realistic project plan, budget, timeframe and risks for the project. In addition, student learns setting up goals for the project that create customer value, resource allocation and division of work and sizing. IPMA International Project Management Association and other project management institutions and activities are presented as well as IPMA standards – Individual Competence Baseline. Students also practice risk management and risk analysis in more detail. Lastly, quality management in software engineering is handled in lectures and group work.

Further information

Course material is in It´s Learning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments and reports: diagnostic assessment.

Course includes 7 assignments: 2 individual assignments and 5 group assignments. Maximum points of each assignment is 3 points. Thus, the maximum amount of points from assignments is 21.

In addition course includes 1 guest lecture report, which is assessed pass/fail.

Team work: formative assessment taking into account student's self and peer assessment.

Presence
50-59% attendance affect on your grade +0,1
60-64% attendance affect on your grade +0,2
65-69% attendance affect on your grade +0,3
70-74% attendance affect on you grade +0,4
75+% attendance affect on your grade +0,5

Final grade of the course is weighted average:
- Assignments 80%
- Presence 10%
- Guest lecture report 10%
- Self- and peer assessment is taken into account

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 7 points from assignments

No show, not carrying out responsibilities, disappearing from team work, lack of communication with other team members.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 7-9 points from assignments + passing guest lecture report
Grade 2: 10-12 points from assignments + passing guest lecture report

Poor, but satisfactory performance both in independent work and team work. Low participation on lectures and other activities.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 13-15 points from assignments + passing guest lecture report
Grade 4: 16-18 points from assignments + passing guest lecture report

Good performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade 5: 19-21 point from assignments + passing guest lecture report

Excellent performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Enrollment

02.08.2023 - 15.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 22.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mika Luimula
  • Werner Ravyse
Teacher in charge

Werner Ravyse

Groups
  • PTIVIS20P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Network with various R&D project stakeholders
- Collect valuable information from networking activity for R&D project preparation
- Match the most appropriate R&D funding mechanisms to R&D projects
- Prepare a funding application, including budget, objectives, tasks etc.
- Work as part of a TUAS initiated R&D project
- Independently utilize CDIO principles in an R&D context
- Apply suitable research methods for a given R&D project
- Analyze, report and present research results to an international audience

Content

First half of the course
- Negotiations with potential customers and other important stakeholders
- Information needed for R&D project preparations
- Suitable funding instruments for R&D projects
- Preparation of funding application
- Second half of the course
Participation in an existing TUAS R&D project as a programmer, technical artist or assistant project manager
- Executing CDIO principles in an R&D context
- Utilizing research methods for selected artefacts
- Analyzing research results
- Reporting research results in a suitable format (such as demo, poster, conference paper or journal article)
- Presenting results in an international environment such as Nordic Games

Materials

Due to the practical nature of this course, there is no prescribed learning material. All necessary documentation and other material toward the successful completion of Advanced Game Technologies will be shared with students throughout the course.

The teacher will share the necessary resources for the academic writing component of the course at the correct timing.

Teaching methods

The R&D Project course is taught by means of:
1. Contact sessions and lectures;
2. Lecturer and TGL engineer guidance during on-site project work;
- This includes code reviews for programmers and asset evaluations for content producers
3. Customer coaching during on-site project work
4. Self-learning and discovery by students

This course is entirely hands-on and students are expected to take initiative for their learning.

Location and timing of the contact and practical sessions will be made available in August 2023.

Exam schedules

This course has no formal examination

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Student workload

Each student of the R&D Project course are each expected to complete 270 hours of work:
Below is a rough indication of the hours for different work categories - these are purely an indicator and are expected to be different for each group and can change according to group needs:
1. Contact sessions and lectures (35-45 hours)
2. Coaching during on-site work (40-60 hours)
3. Independent work (130-180 hours)
Students are expected to keep individual work logs of their activities related to the various projects. These work logs form part of the course assessment and will be reviewed regularly throughout the course.

Content scheduling

This course runs from September to December and sees students integrated into one or more of the Futuristic Interactive Technologies research group RDI projects.
- The project(s) will be introduced during the opening two weeks of the course;
- In the next weeks, student groups are expected to research (under supervision) the problem and present a feasible solution;
- After the proposed solutions have been approved, student groups will draw up a project management plan that will see them through to the end of the course;
- The project plan must include development, implementation and scientific testing of the solution.

- Each group is to produce a draft academic publication based on the work they have researched and completed.

Further information

Students are also responsible for:
1. Distributing and collecting customer and expert feedback forms for their project evaluations.
2. Filling and returning peer- and self-evaluation forms at the end of the project.

Failure to produce these documents will impact the course grade.
The lecturers will provide the appropriate forms at the time they are required.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The project is evaluated as follows:
GROUP grade...
- Expert evaluation of the development deliverable (H-5);
- Customer evaluation of the development deliverable (H-5);
- Lecturer overall impression of the academic writing and development deliverables (H-5);
The average of these three gives a group grade for each student per project.

INDIVIDUAL student per group grade
Each student will also be measured on their contribution to the group's activities by:
- Self assessment of the contribution made;
- Group member evaluation of the contribution made;
- An overall impression by the course lecturers of the individual work logs and academic writing efforts.
The average of these three gives an individual grade for each student per project.

A detailed breakdown of the assessment criteria will be given during the course introduction.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jarno Tuominen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Teacher in charge

Jari-Pekka Paalassalo

Scheduling groups
  • Pienryhmä 1 (Size: 0. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Pienryhmä 2 (Size: 0. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PTIVIS20S
    Embedded Software and IoT
Small groups
  • Group 1
  • Group 2

Objective

After completing the course thestudent
- can participate in systematic research and development activities as a member of the core team
- understands the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
- is able tooperate according to a tight project schedule together with the other project team members and the customer.
- is able to apply his/her knowledge to solve complex technical problems connected to the project
- can document the results of her or his work and present them in a clear and communicative way.
More detailed outcomes will be defined on a project basis.

Content

The course is typically an R&D project implemented in co-operation with Turku University of Applied Sciences and an external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities. The extent and detailed contents of the course will be defined on a project basis.

Teaching methods

Project work

Student workload

project work and reporting 390 hours

Content scheduling

IoT R&D project course. The students will develop solutions for one of multiple projects topics in current technologies as a group project. Topics will be presented at the start of the course. Each project will provide a later thesis subject for the students.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

project performance, deliverables and final report

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

No contribution to group project.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Weak contributions to group project. Missing project meetings.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Strong performance and major contributions to group project. Active role in development.

Qualifications

Professional studies according to study plan of relevant study path

Enrollment

01.08.2023 - 12.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Jokela
  • Juha Kalliovaara
Teacher in charge

Juha Kalliovaara

Groups
  • PTIVIS20T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

After completing the course thestudent
- can participate in systematic research and development activities as a member of the core team
- understands the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
- is able tooperate according to a tight project schedule together with the other project team members and the customer.
- is able to apply his/her knowledge to solve complex technical problems connected to the project
- can document the results of her or his work and present them in a clear and communicative way.
More detailed outcomes will be defined on a project basis.

Content

The course is typically an R&D project implemented in co-operation with Turku University of Applied Sciences and an external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities. The extent and detailed contents of the course will be defined on a project basis.

Student workload

Weekly sessions 15x4h=60h
Project work = 210h

Content scheduling

During the course student will:
-participate in RDI work as part of project team
-perform the work according to project schedule together with the team
-apply the technical knowledge in solving project challenges
-document the results clearly and present them to the project team and customer
More detailed learning targets will be defined based on the projects

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Project report, (50% of grade basing on teacher assessment, 50% on peer review)

Enrollment

01.09.2023 - 08.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 17.03.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Marko Teräspuro
Teacher in charge

Tero Virtanen

Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS22T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

· Configure VLANs and Inter-VLAN routing applying security best practices.
· Troubleshoot inter-VLAN routing on Layer 3 devices.
· Configure redundancy on a switched network using STP and EtherChannel.
· Troubleshoot EtherChannel on switched networks.
· Explain how to support available and reliable networks using dynamic addressing and first-hop redundancy protocols.
· Configure dynamic address allocation in IPv6 networks.
· Configure WLANs using a WLC and L2 security best practices.
· Configure switch security to mitigate LAN attacks.
· Configure IPv4 and IPv6 static routing on routers.

Content

CCNAv7: Switching, Routing, and Wireless Essentials (SRWE) covers the architecture, components, and operations of routers and switches in small networks and introduces wireless local area networks (WLAN) and security concepts. Students learn how to configure and troubleshoot routers and switches for advanced functionality using security best practices and resolve common issues with protocols in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks. The course includes activities using Packet Tracer, hands-on lab work, and a wide array of assessment types and tools.

Materials

All needed material will be available online in https://cisco.netacad.com
Further course enrollment instructions are provided by instructor.
Please register to the site using school email.

Exam schedules

Theory final exam and Packet Tracer exam will held in course.
You can do one re-exam within course deadline.
NOTE: Course ending time shown in academy system is not real, please check the course plan for end date!

Student workload

Lecturing and laboratory work each week
Independent studying, including:

- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Preparation for finals exam(s)

Content scheduling

Course covers the architecture, components, and operations of routers and switches in small networks and introduces wireless local area networks (WLAN) and security concepts. Students learn how to configure and troubleshoot routers and switches for advanced functionality using security best practices and resolve common issues with protocols in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks. The course includes activities using Packet Tracer, hands-on lab work, and a wide array of assessment types and tools. By the end of the course, students will be able to:

- Configure VLANs and Inter-VLAN routing applying security best practices.
- Troubleshoot inter-VLAN routing on Layer 3 devices.
- Configure redundancy on a switched network using STP and EtherChannel.
- Troubleshoot EtherChannel on switched networks.
- Explain how to support available and reliable networks using dynamic addressing and first-hop redundancy protocols.
- Configure dynamic address allocation in IPv6 networks.
- Configure WLANs using a WLC and L2 security best practices.
- Configure switch security to mitigate LAN attacks.
- Configure IPv4 and IPv6 static routing on routers.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Laboratory assignments in laboratory room
Packet tracer assignments done at home
Module exams
Practice final exams
Theory final exam and Packet Tracer final exam.

The overall result is the sum of the all results of the assignments and exams, passing limit is 60%.
Detailed grading limits will be provided in course plan when course starts but past grading limits have been the following:

Less than 60% Fail
60-67.4% Grade 1
68-75.4% Grade 2
76-83.4% Grade 3
84-91.4% Grade 4
91.5% or higher Grade 5

Qualifications

Courses Internet Networks and Security (5051215) and Introduction to Networks (TE00BU11) or equivalent skills.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 15.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Teacher in charge

Jari-Pekka Paalassalo

Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS21S
    Embedded Software and IoT

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- knows different AD conversion methods and can choose and use them for data acquisition
- understands the basic principles of sensor operation and the need for careful system interconnections.
- understands different methods of interference in and between electronic devices and systems and can apply this for a reliable measurement system design.

Content

- fundamental signal conditioning (amplification, filtering, attenuation, isolation, linearization, circuit protection)
- analog to digital conversion
- multiplexing and sampling
- noise reduction

Materials

lecture slides
internet material

Teaching methods

Lectures, home works
Group assignment

Student workload

18h lectures
80h group assignment
28h self-study
6h exams

Content scheduling

Key concepts of measurements
Basic concepts in metrology
Sensor signal chain (sensor - variable transform - filtering - sampling - digital processing - data fusion)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Group assignment
Final exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Missing group assignment or failed final exam.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Unfocused group assignment performance.
Poor grade from final exam.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Sharp and focused group assignment performance. Student learns tools and concepts, and shows efficient problem solving skills.
Good grade from final exam.

Qualifications

Introduction to Electronics and Transmission (or similar skills)
System software (or similar skills)

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 08.03.2024

Timing

29.02.2024 - 20.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mika Luimula
  • Víctor Blanco Bataller
  • Werner Ravyse
  • Jaro Virta
Teacher in charge

Werner Ravyse

Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Incorporate learning into an electronic gameplay environment
- Capture and utilise appropriate game data to measure and analyse player progress and competency within the intended use case
- Convey and adhere to ethical considerations when designing a serious game environment
- Apply state of the art serious game development methodologies and technologies when building a serious game environment
- Design and implement serious games in a specific domain (e.g. technology industry, well-being, education or tourism) in cooperation with experts from different sectors
- Add learning value to serious games through the incorporation of sound effects and music

Content

- The psychology of behaviour change and how to apply this to serious game development
- Backend system design and development tools
- Analysis techniques and progress monitoring of serious game generated data
- Principles of ethics, compliance and accepted business practices
- Academic literature and other practical expert contributions for building serious game
- Sound selection, editing and scripting for game events
- Executing CDIO principles in a selected domain specified in the course implementation plan

Materials

Project management material prepared by lecturers (MS Teams will be used as the project management platform);
Prior learning skills, notes and materials;
Online resources such as tutorials, manuals, forums and more;
Depending on the project, there may also be existing repositories to use.

All learning material will be shared through the TUAS ItsLearning learner management system.

Teaching methods

Applied prior learning (GDE, IGDT, Gamification and SGs, Advanced UI & UX, and others) for the practical work
CDIO principles in which we encourage students to seek out solutions to development challenges.

Supplementing theoretical knowledge gaps through critically seeking information and lecturer Q&A.

Exam schedules

Since this is a group project that requires multiple weeks of work, there are no retake possibilities.

Also, no extensions for completing the work will be granted.

International connections

This course follows a combined constructivist and instructivist approach:
- Students are expected to apply prior technical knowledge for the development work and seek out and fill their knowledge gaps (teachers and Game Lab engineers will naturally facilitate this process).
- Students will be extensively guided and monitored on the project management.

Student workload

The entire course is dedicated to making a serious game as a group project.
The duration of the course is 11 weeks - final presentation is on 18.5.2023.
Each student is expected to work 270 hours (10 ECTS) in total, or approximately 24 hours per week for the duration of the course.

Content scheduling

Week 1 to 3 of the course: Project introductions + intense project management preparation and work scheduling
Weeks 4 to 9 of the course: Practical project work with weekly sprint sessions
Weeks 10 and 11 of the course: Project wrap-up and customer presentation

Further information

This course will require you to sign IPR transfer documents. These are to ensure that TUAS, if they so wish, can continue your project work after the conclusion of the course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Individual grades are based on the group performance in delivering a serious game according to the customer specifications and technology/technique points (more detail about these technology points will be shared during the course introduction).

The technology/techniques included in the serious game output are determined by the student (grade/7);
The value of the serious game output and your group performance is is evaluated by the teachers (grade/3);
The UI/UX of the serious game output is evaluated by the customer (grade/5);
The novelty and complexity of the serious game output is evaluated by industry experts from TGL (grade/5);
All grades are added and divided by 4 to give the final grade out of 5.

There will be a peer review at the end of the project that could affect individual grades.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Peer review indicating that the student contributed little to nothing toward the serious game development or project management activities.
All members of a group will fail the course if the group fails to demonstrate a working serious game prototype.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The demonstration was not complete and offered no new information or approach about the game. The demonstration also showed that little effort was made in building excitement about the game. The demonstration failed to capture the interest of the audience and/or is confusing in what was communicated.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The demonstration offered some new information or approach about the game. The demonstration also showed initial effort was made in building excitement about the game. The demonstrated techniques used were effective in conveying main ideas, but a bit unimaginative.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The demonstration offered new information or approach about the game. The demonstration also showed strong effort was made in breaking new ground and building excitement about the game. The demonstration was imaginative and effective in conveying ideas to the audience.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 18.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 105

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Tuomo Helo
Groups
  • PTIVIS22D
    PTIVIS22D
  • PTIVIS22E
    PTIVIS22E
  • PTIVIS22F
    PTIVIS22F

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
* program efficiently in a team
* reuse code and utilize libraries
* understand and apply some design patterns
* use an IDE as a programming tool
* use a version control system

Content

* relevant programming libraries
* learning some common design patterns
* using IDE in programming
* using a version control system in application development
* project work: implementing an application in a team

Materials

Python Crash Course
3rd Edition
A Hands-On, Project-Based Introduction to Programming
Eric Matthes
January 10, 2023
ISBN-10 ? : ? 1718502702
ISBN-13 ? : ? 978-1718502703

The reading are will be concentrated mostly on chapters 9 and 18 - 20.

Please note that there is a limited number of the book's 3rd
editions available in eBook Central for you to read.

Exam schedules

No exam.

Student workload

Total work 135 hours

Contact lessons 40 hours

Personal assignments 55 hours

The group works 40 hours

Content scheduling

During the course a web site will be created by using Python language and Django web application programming framework. Professional tools like Git will be used. The site will follow the MVT version of the MVC architectural pattern.

The students will elaborate more deeply in creating a web site during the group project work.

Onsite lessons: Theory, programming together, demos and supporting working in teams. Theory and programming lessons are arranged mostly before the autumn vacation (on week 42), after that the lessons concentrate more on supporting team work.

7 personal assignments
Two group project works

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

7 personal assignments: 70 points
The group project works: 30 points.

The assignments must be returned by the deadline to get the points.The assignments returned after the deadline will give you only half of the points.

The student must be present in the demos (on the lectures where the personal assignments are checked and presented).

The student must get at least 28 points from the assignments and 12 points from the group works to pass the course.

The grading scale (points b -> grade):

40 points -> 1
55 points -> 2
70 points -> 3
80 points -> 4
90 points -> 5

Enrollment

02.06.2023 - 18.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 105

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Sami Pyöttiälä
Groups
  • PTIVIS22A
    PTIVIS22A
  • PTIVIS22B
    PTIVIS22B
  • PTIVIS22C
    PTIVIS22C

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
* program efficiently in a team
* reuse code and utilize libraries
* understand and apply some design patterns
* use an IDE as a programming tool
* use a version control system

Content

* relevant programming libraries
* learning some common design patterns
* using IDE in programming
* using a version control system in application development
* project work: implementing an application in a team

Student workload

135 tuntia

Content scheduling

Sisältö:
Kurssin aikana rakennetaan verkkosivusto käyttäen Pythonia ja Django web-sovelluksen ohjelmointi-frameworkia. Verkkosivusto noudattaa erästä MVC-arkkitehtuuri-patternin versiota.

Opiskelijat harjoittelevat verkkosivuston tekoa syventäen osaamistaan tekemällä ryhmätyön.

Oppitunnit: Teoria, ohjelmointi yhdessä, demotehtävät ja ryhmätyö. Teoria- ja ohjelmointitunnit etenevät kurssin aikana rinta rinnan.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Tehtäväksi annetaan:
7 henkilökohtaista harjoitustehtäväkokonaisuutta: 70 pistettä
Ryhmätyö: 30 pistettä

Tehtävät on palautettava erikseen annettuun aikarajaan mennessä, jotta niistä voi saada pisteitä. Aikarajan jälkeen palautetuista tehtävistä voi saada enintään puolet tavallisista maksimipisteistä.

Opiskelijan on saatava yhteensä vähintään 30 pistettä henkilökohtaisista tehtävistä ja vähintään 10 pistettä ryhmätyöstä saadakseen hyväksytyn arvosanan opintojaksosta.

Arviointiasteikko (pisteet --> arvosana):

40 pistettä -> 1
55 pistettä -> 2
70 pistettä -> 3
80 pistettä -> 4
90 pistettä -> 5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

60 - 105

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS22D
    PTIVIS22D
  • PTIVIS22E
    PTIVIS22E
  • PTIVIS22F
    PTIVIS22F

Objective

After completing the course the student can
- apply logical rules and notation
- compute and apply permutations and combinations
- apply the concepts and properties of divisibility and congruence
- process arithmetic and geometric sequences and sums
- calculate the sum of a converging infinite geometric series
- form Taylor polynomials and utilize them in numerical computation
- determine coefficients for Fourier-series expansions using mathematical computation tools

Content

- Fundamentals of logic
- Basics od number theory with applications
- Basics of combinatorics with applications
- Sequences and series
- Taylor series
- Fourier series

Materials

ITSL-sivulta löytyvät:
Luentomuistiinpanot
Laskuharjoitusten tehtävät ja mallivastaukset
MATLAB-ohjeet
Harjoituskoe

Teaching methods

Luennot
Laskuharjoitukset
Kokeet
Vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö

Exam schedules

Sarjat:
Osakoe ennen syyslomaa ja uusinta sen jälkeen.
Tietotekniikan matematiikka:
Osakoe ja sen uusinta ennen joululomaa

Lopullinen uusinta seuraavan vuoden tammikuussa:
voi tehdä jomman kumman tai kummatkin osakokeista

Completion alternatives

Pelkät osakokeet ilman pisteitä laskuharjoituksista (sarjat tehtävistä 25 kpl pakollisia)
Vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö, + 2op

Student workload

5*2h sarjat-luennot, joissa yhteensä 50 kpl tehtäviä
10*2h tietotekniikan matematiikan luennot
5*1h laskuharjoitukset, joissa yhteensä 50 kpl tehtäviä
2*2h kokeet
loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua
vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö, + 2op

Content scheduling

Syyskuu-lokakuu, sarjat:
- Lukujonot, aritmeettinen ja geometrinen lukujono, lukujonon raja-arvo
- Lukujonon summat, aritmeettinen ja geometrinen summa
- Sarjat, geometrinen sarja ja suppeneminen
- Taylorin sarja
- Fourierin sarja
- Fourierin muunnos (vapaaehtoinen)

Lokakuu-joulukuu, tietotekniikan matematiikka:
- Logiikka
- Kombinatoriikka; yhteenlasku/kertolaskusääntö, permutaatiot, kombinaatiot
- Kombinatoriikan sovelluksia todennäköisyyslaskentaan
- Lukuteoria: alkuluvut, syt/pym, Eukleideen algoritmi, kongruenssi/modulolaskenta, hajautusfunktiot, jäännösluokkarengas, RSA-algoritmi

Further information

Sähköposti.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Osakokeista täytyy saada tietty määrä pisteitä päästäkseen läpi.
Laskuharjoituksista saatavat lisäpisteet parantavat arvosanaa (sarjat tehtävistä 25 kpl pakollisia)
Arvosanataulukko löytyy ITSL-sivulta.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Ei tarpeeksi pisteitä kokeista.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosanataulukko löytyy ITSL-sivulta.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosanataulukko löytyy ITSL-sivulta.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosanataulukko löytyy ITSL-sivulta.

Qualifications

Previous mathematics courses of ICT engineering curriculum (or equivalent skills):
Introduction to Engineering Mathematics
Calculus

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

60 - 100

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Juha Saarinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS22A
    PTIVIS22A
  • PTIVIS22B
    PTIVIS22B
  • PTIVIS22C
    PTIVIS22C

Objective

After completing the course the student can
- apply logical rules and notation
- compute and apply permutations and combinations
- apply the concepts and properties of divisibility and congruence
- process arithmetic and geometric sequences and sums
- calculate the sum of a converging infinite geometric series
- form Taylor polynomials and utilize them in numerical computation
- determine coefficients for Fourier-series expansions using mathematical computation tools

Content

- Fundamentals of logic
- Basics od number theory with applications
- Basics of combinatorics with applications
- Sequences and series
- Taylor series
- Fourier series

Materials

Itslearning-sivulta löytyvät:
Luentomuistiinpanot
Laskuharjoitusten tehtävät
MATLAB-ohjeet

Teaching methods

Luennot
Laskuharjoitukset
Kokeet

Exam schedules

Tietotekniikan matematiikka:
- Osakoe
- Puolivälissä kurssia (Helmi-Maaliskuun vaihde)

Sarjat:
- Osakoe
- Huhtikuun lopulla

Uusinta:
- Toukokuussa
- Voi tehdä jomman kumman osakokeista

Student workload

Tietotekninen matematiikka:
10*2h tietotekniikan matematiikan luennot
5*2h laskuharjoitukset
2h tietotekninen matematiikka -koe

Sarjat:
5*2h sarjat-luennot
5*2h Matlab harjoitukset. Matlab harjoituksissa on läsnäolo pakko
2h sarjat -koe

loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua

Content scheduling

Tammikuu-Helmikuu, tietotekniikan matematiikka:
- Logiikka
- Kombinatoriikka; yhteenlasku/kertolaskusääntö, permutaatiot, kombinaatiot
- Kombinatoriikan sovelluksia todennäköisyyslaskentaan
- Lukuteoria: alkuluvut, syt/pym, Eukleideen algoritmi, kongruenssi/modulolaskenta, hajautusfunktiot, jäännösluokkarengas, RSA-algoritmi


Maaliskuu-Huhtikuu, sarjat:
- Lukujonot, aritmeettinen ja geometrinen lukujono, lukujonon raja-arvo
- Lukujonon summat, aritmeettinen ja geometrinen summa
- Sarjat, geometrinen sarja ja suppeneminen
- Taylorin sarja
- Fourierin sarja
- Fourierin muunnos

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Osakokeista täytyy saada tietty määrä pisteitä päästäkseen läpi.
Laskuharjoituksista saatavat pisteet parantavat arvosanaa
Sarjat osion laskuharjoituksissa on läsnäolopakko.
Arvosanataulukko löytyy Itslearning-sivulta.

Qualifications

Previous mathematics courses of ICT engineering curriculum (or equivalent skills):
Introduction to Engineering Mathematics
Calculus

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Noora Hämäläinen
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to:
- Write in a formal manner
- Maintain, improve, and critically evaluate his/her communicative skills
- Function in a planned and focused manner in different oral communication situations
- Strive for improving and critically evaluating his/her communicative skills, and give  constructive criticisms
- Know the principles of the organizational communication and public relations.

Content

Contents
- Principles of writing in a formal style
- Oral communication and grammar
- Organizational communication and public relations

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Noora Hämäläinen
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to:
- Write in a formal manner
- Maintain, improve, and critically evaluate his/her communicative skills
- Function in a planned and focused manner in different oral communication situations
- Strive for improving and critically evaluating his/her communicative skills, and give  constructive criticisms
- Know the principles of the organizational communication and public relations.

Content

Contents
- Principles of writing in a formal style
- Oral communication and grammar
- Organizational communication and public relations

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Noora Hämäläinen
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to:
- Write in a formal manner
- Maintain, improve, and critically evaluate his/her communicative skills
- Function in a planned and focused manner in different oral communication situations
- Strive for improving and critically evaluating his/her communicative skills, and give  constructive criticisms
- Know the principles of the organizational communication and public relations.

Content

Contents
- Principles of writing in a formal style
- Oral communication and grammar
- Organizational communication and public relations

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 12.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to:
- Write in a formal manner
- Maintain, improve, and critically evaluate his/her communicative skills
- Function in a planned and focused manner in different oral communication situations
- Strive for improving and critically evaluating his/her communicative skills, and give  constructive criticisms
- Know the principles of the organizational communication and public relations.

Content

Contents
- Principles of writing in a formal style
- Oral communication and grammar
- Organizational communication and public relations

Materials

Verkkomateriaali ja opettajan materiaali, jotka jaetaan ItsLearningin kautta.

Teaching methods

kontaktiopetus, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö
Suuri osa tehtävistä on mahdollista tehdä vain osallistumalla kontaktiopetukseen, joten läsnäolo tunneilla on tärkeää.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan viestinnän ja vuorovaikutuksen perustaitoja, jotka harjaannuttavat ICT-alan työtehtävissä tarvittaviin vuorovaikutus- ja viestintätaitoihin. Opiskelija tutustuu ennen kontaktitunteja kontaktitunnin aiheisiin, joihin on annettu materiaaleja ja linkkejä Itslearningissa. Opintojaksolla tehtäviä ryhmäharjoituksia tehdään erikokoisissa ja vaihtuvissa pienryhmissä, joissa asiaosaamisen lisäksi harjoitellaan vuorovaikutustaitoja, mm. keskustelu- ja esiintymistaitoja, yhteiskirjoittamisen taitoja, vertaispalautteen antamista suullisesti ja kirjallisesti. Yksilötehtävissä kehitetään yksilöllisiä viestintävalmiuksia. Opintojaksolla käytetään monipuolisesti digitaalista opiskelumateriaalia ja sähköistä oppimisympäristöä videoiden ja tekstien palauttamiseen sekä materiaalin jakamiseen.

Completion alternatives

Ei ole vaillinaista suoritustapaa.

Student workload

Kokonaistyömäärä on noin 135 tuntia, joka koostuu kontaktitunneista, tuntitehtävistä, kotitehtävistä, itsenäisestä opiskelusta.

Content scheduling

tammi–huhtikuu 2024
• asiantuntija viestijänä, puhe-esityksen valmistautuminen, puhe-esityksiä, asiatyylinen kirjoittaminen ja harjoituksia

Opintojakson tavoitteet, tehtävät ja niiden arviointi, aikataulutus yms. käytännön asiat käydään läpi ensimmäisellä tapaamiskerralla.

Further information

Opintojaksolle osallistuvalta edellytetään äidinkielen tasoista suomen kielen taitoa eli C-taitotasoa. Opiskelijalla on vastuu tarkistaa edeltävyysehtojen täyttyminen ennen ilmoittautumista. Opettajalla on peruste hylätä ilmoittautuminen, jos edeltävyysehdot eivät täyty.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
asiatyylinen teksti 25 %
kielenhuollon testi 25 %
suullinen esitys 25 %
tunti- ja kotitehtävät 25 %

Kuhunkin tehtävään liittyvät arviointikriteerit kerrotaan tarkemmin tehtävänannon yhteydessä. Tehtävien palautusajat ovat ehdottomia, myöhästyneitä tehtäviä ei oteta vastaan.
Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, ellei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Opintojakso perustuu jatkuvaan arviointiin. Opiskelija ei ole suorittanut oppimistehtäviä hyväksytysti tai saavuttanut hyväksymiseen oikeuttavaa pistemäärää oppimistehtävistä. Opiskelija on osallistunut ryhmän työskentelyyn vain vähän tai ei ollenkaan.

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 12.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to:
- Write in a formal manner
- Maintain, improve, and critically evaluate his/her communicative skills
- Function in a planned and focused manner in different oral communication situations
- Strive for improving and critically evaluating his/her communicative skills, and give  constructive criticisms
- Know the principles of the organizational communication and public relations.

Content

Contents
- Principles of writing in a formal style
- Oral communication and grammar
- Organizational communication and public relations

Materials

Verkkomateriaali ja opettajan materiaali, jotka jaetaan ItsLearningin kautta.

Teaching methods

kontaktiopetus, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö
Suuri osa tehtävistä on mahdollista tehdä vain osallistumalla kontaktiopetukseen, joten läsnäolo tunneilla on tärkeää.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan viestinnän ja vuorovaikutuksen perustaitoja, jotka harjaannuttavat ICT-alan työtehtävissä tarvittaviin vuorovaikutus- ja viestintätaitoihin. Opiskelija tutustuu ennen kontaktitunteja kontaktitunnin aiheisiin, joihin on annettu materiaaleja ja linkkejä Itslearningissa. Opintojaksolla tehtäviä ryhmäharjoituksia tehdään erikokoisissa ja vaihtuvissa pienryhmissä, joissa asiaosaamisen lisäksi harjoitellaan vuorovaikutustaitoja, mm. keskustelu- ja esiintymistaitoja, yhteiskirjoittamisen taitoja, vertaispalautteen antamista suullisesti ja kirjallisesti. Yksilötehtävissä kehitetään yksilöllisiä viestintävalmiuksia. Opintojaksolla käytetään monipuolisesti digitaalista opiskelumateriaalia ja sähköistä oppimisympäristöä videoiden ja tekstien palauttamiseen sekä materiaalin jakamiseen.

Completion alternatives

Ei ole vaillinaista suoritustapaa.

Student workload

Kokonaistyömäärä on noin 135 tuntia, joka koostuu kontaktitunneista, tuntitehtävistä, kotitehtävistä, itsenäisestä opiskelusta.

Content scheduling

tammi–huhtikuu 2024
• asiantuntija viestijänä, puhe-esityksen valmistautuminen, puhe-esityksiä, asiatyylinen kirjoittaminen ja harjoituksia

Opintojakson tavoitteet, tehtävät ja niiden arviointi, aikataulutus yms. käytännön asiat käydään läpi ensimmäisellä tapaamiskerralla.

Further information

Opintojaksolle osallistuvalta edellytetään äidinkielen tasoista suomen kielen taitoa eli C-taitotasoa. Opiskelijalla on vastuu tarkistaa edeltävyysehtojen täyttyminen ennen ilmoittautumista. Opettajalla on peruste hylätä ilmoittautuminen, jos edeltävyysehdot eivät täyty.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
asiatyylinen teksti 25 %
kielenhuollon testi 25 %
suullinen esitys 25 %
tunti- ja kotitehtävät 25 %

Kuhunkin tehtävään liittyvät arviointikriteerit kerrotaan tarkemmin tehtävänannon yhteydessä. Tehtävien palautusajat ovat ehdottomia, myöhästyneitä tehtäviä ei oteta vastaan.
Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, ellei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Opintojakso perustuu jatkuvaan arviointiin. Opiskelija ei ole suorittanut oppimistehtäviä hyväksytysti tai saavuttanut hyväksymiseen oikeuttavaa pistemäärää oppimistehtävistä. Opiskelija on osallistunut ryhmän työskentelyyn vain vähän tai ei ollenkaan.

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 12.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to:
- Write in a formal manner
- Maintain, improve, and critically evaluate his/her communicative skills
- Function in a planned and focused manner in different oral communication situations
- Strive for improving and critically evaluating his/her communicative skills, and give  constructive criticisms
- Know the principles of the organizational communication and public relations.

Content

Contents
- Principles of writing in a formal style
- Oral communication and grammar
- Organizational communication and public relations

Materials

Verkkomateriaali ja opettajan materiaali, jotka jaetaan ItsLearningin kautta.

Teaching methods

kontaktiopetus, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö
Suuri osa tehtävistä on mahdollista tehdä vain osallistumalla kontaktiopetukseen, joten läsnäolo tunneilla on tärkeää.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan viestinnän ja vuorovaikutuksen perustaitoja, jotka harjaannuttavat ICT-alan työtehtävissä tarvittaviin vuorovaikutus- ja viestintätaitoihin. Opiskelija tutustuu ennen kontaktitunteja kontaktitunnin aiheisiin, joihin on annettu materiaaleja ja linkkejä Itslearningissa. Opintojaksolla tehtäviä ryhmäharjoituksia tehdään erikokoisissa ja vaihtuvissa pienryhmissä, joissa asiaosaamisen lisäksi harjoitellaan vuorovaikutustaitoja, mm. keskustelu- ja esiintymistaitoja, yhteiskirjoittamisen taitoja, vertaispalautteen antamista suullisesti ja kirjallisesti. Yksilötehtävissä kehitetään yksilöllisiä viestintävalmiuksia. Opintojaksolla käytetään monipuolisesti digitaalista opiskelumateriaalia ja sähköistä oppimisympäristöä videoiden ja tekstien palauttamiseen sekä materiaalin jakamiseen.

Completion alternatives

Ei ole vaillinaista suoritustapaa.

Student workload

Kokonaistyömäärä on noin 135 tuntia, joka koostuu kontaktitunneista, tuntitehtävistä, kotitehtävistä, itsenäisestä opiskelusta.

Content scheduling

tammi–huhtikuu 2024
• asiantuntija viestijänä, puhe-esityksen valmistautuminen, puhe-esityksiä, asiatyylinen kirjoittaminen ja harjoituksia

Opintojakson tavoitteet, tehtävät ja niiden arviointi, aikataulutus yms. käytännön asiat käydään läpi ensimmäisellä tapaamiskerralla.

Further information

Opintojaksolle osallistuvalta edellytetään äidinkielen tasoista suomen kielen taitoa eli C-taitotasoa. Opiskelijalla on vastuu tarkistaa edeltävyysehtojen täyttyminen ennen ilmoittautumista. Opettajalla on peruste hylätä ilmoittautuminen, jos edeltävyysehdot eivät täyty.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
asiatyylinen teksti 25 %
kielenhuollon testi 25 %
suullinen esitys 25 %
tunti- ja kotitehtävät 25 %

Kuhunkin tehtävään liittyvät arviointikriteerit kerrotaan tarkemmin tehtävänannon yhteydessä. Tehtävien palautusajat ovat ehdottomia, myöhästyneitä tehtäviä ei oteta vastaan.
Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, ellei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Opintojakso perustuu jatkuvaan arviointiin. Opiskelija ei ole suorittanut oppimistehtäviä hyväksytysti tai saavuttanut hyväksymiseen oikeuttavaa pistemäärää oppimistehtävistä. Opiskelija on osallistunut ryhmän työskentelyyn vain vähän tai ei ollenkaan.

Enrollment

02.06.2023 - 18.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

60 - 105

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Leena Hämölä-Glorioso
Groups
  • PTIVIS22A
    PTIVIS22A
  • PTIVIS22B
    PTIVIS22B
  • PTIVIS22C
    PTIVIS22C

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Materials

Lecturer's material in ITSlearning

Teaching methods

- contact/online lessons
- online studies
- recording

Content scheduling

Contents:
- education
- employment
- numerical expressions
- telephoning and sending e-mail
- IT vocabulary and current topics
- (yritykset ja niiden toiminta)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Englanniksi
0-5. The grade is based on active participation in lessons, oral assignments

Enrollment

02.06.2023 - 18.09.2023

Timing

25.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

20 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Heli Söderlund-Laihinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS22F
    PTIVIS22F

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.06.2023 - 18.09.2023

Timing

25.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

20 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Heli Söderlund-Laihinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS22D
    PTIVIS22D

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.06.2023 - 18.09.2023

Timing

25.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

20 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Heli Söderlund-Laihinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS22E
    PTIVIS22E

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.06.2023 - 18.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 01.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

60 - 105

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Leena Hämölä-Glorioso
Groups
  • PTIVIS22A
    PTIVIS22A
  • PTIVIS22B
    PTIVIS22B
  • PTIVIS22C
    PTIVIS22C

Objective

The student can communicate in writing in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Materials

- lecturer's material in Itslearning

Exam schedules

written exam

International connections

- lectures
- written assignments
- online studies

Content scheduling

Contents:
- describing your education
- work experience and CV
- IT vocabulary and current topics in technology
- telephoning and writing email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

0-5. The grade is based on active participation in contact lessons, written assignments, 1-2 word tests and a written exam.

Enrollment

02.06.2023 - 18.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

60 - 105

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Heli Söderlund-Laihinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS22D
    PTIVIS22D
  • PTIVIS22E
    PTIVIS22E
  • PTIVIS22F
    PTIVIS22F

Objective

The student can communicate in writing in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 16.09.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 03.03.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual portion

5 op

RDI portion

8 op

Mode of delivery

50 % Contact teaching, 50 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Teppo Saarenpää
  • Jarno Tuominen
Teacher in charge

Teppo Saarenpää

Groups
  • PTIVIS20H
    Terveysteknologia

Objective

After completing the course thestudent
- can participate in systematic research and development activities as a member of the core team
- understands the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
- is able tooperate according to a tight project schedule together with the other project team members and the customer.
- is able to apply his/her knowledge to solve complex technical problems connected to the project
- can document the results of her or his work and present them in a clear and communicative way.
More detailed outcomes will be defined on a project basis.

Content

The course is typically an R&D project implemented in co-operation with Turku University of Applied Sciences and an external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities. The extent and detailed contents of the course will be defined on a project basis.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

29.11.2023 - 22.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 65

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Marika Säisä
Teacher in charge

Marika Säisä

Groups
  • PTIVIS21O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIETS21sepm
    PTIETS21 Software engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
Act as a sales person in demanding technical sales.
Sell complicated technical solutions.
Lead sales project.

Materials

Internet sources, links & descriptions online

Teaching methods

Lectures, team work, independent work and online activities

Exam schedules

No exam

International connections

Practical assignments and reports
Team work
Self study

Completion alternatives

No optional ways for implementation

Student workload

Lectures and on-site activities: 72 h
Assignments and self study 63 h
TOTAL 135 hours

Content scheduling

The course starts with different aspects of tehnical sales. The student learns how to match technology and business, understand the customer needs and busines cases. There after different kinds of marketing and sales strategies and processes are presented as well as offers and contracts. After that, the focus is set on account management. Last, business ethics is handled in lectures and team work.

After the course students have a clear understanding of technical sales as part of the work of the future.

Further information

Course material and assignments are in It´s Learning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments and reports: diagnostic assessment.

Course includes 6 assignments: 2 individual assignments and 4 group assignments. Maximum points of each assignment is 3 points. Thus, the maximum amount of points from individual assignments is 6 points and 12 points from group assignments.

Team work: formative assessment taking into account student's self and peer assessment.

Presence
50-59% attendance affect on your grade +0,1
60-64% attendance affect on your grade +0,2
65-69% attendance affect on your grade +0,3
70-74% attendance affect on you grade +0,4
75+% attendance affect on your grade +0,5

Final grade of the course is weighted average:
- Individual assignments inc. self assessment 30%
- Group assignments inc. self and peer assessment 60%
- Presence 10%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 4 points from group assignments
Less than 2 points from individual assignments

No show, not carrying out responsibilities, disappearing from team work, lack of communication with other team members.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1:
- 4 points from group assignments
- 2 points from individual assignments

Grade 2:
- 5-6 points from group assignments
- 3 points from individual assignments

Poor, but satisfactory performance both in independent work and team work. Low participation on lectures and other activities.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3:
- 7-8 points from group assignments
- 4 points from individual assignments

Grade 4:
- 9-10 points from group assignments
- 5 points from individual assignments

Good performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade 5:
- 11-12 points from group assignments
- 6 points from group assignments

Excellent performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Qualifications

Technical solution selling.
Project selling.
Special issues in selling complicated technical solutions.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Pertti Ranttila
Teacher in charge

Pertti Ranttila

Groups
  • PTIVIS21H
    Terveysteknologia

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- understands what the artificial intelligence is in social and health care
- can explain the basic concepts of artificial intelligence
- knows the available artificial intelligence applications in social and health care
- understands the possibilities and limitations of artificial intelligence in social and health care

Content

- Basics of Artificial Intelligence
- Artificial Intelligence Applications
- Neural networks
- Machine learning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

10 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Teppo Saarenpää
Teacher in charge

Teppo Saarenpää

Groups
  • PTIVIS21H
    Terveysteknologia

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 16.09.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual portion

3 op

RDI portion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Teppo Saarenpää
  • Jussi Salmi
Teacher in charge

Teppo Saarenpää

Groups
  • PTIVIS21H
    Terveysteknologia

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is aware on the various players in the social and health sector and is able to take into account their special needs in the product development project
- knows the social and health processes and service system
- is able to plan and manage projects, taking into account the special features of social and health care
- is able to communicate with social and health care professionals as an IT expert and suggest them solutions to a variety of IT problems

Content

- Project planning and management
- Documentation of the project
- Social and health care processes, actors and the environment

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

10 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Teppo Saarenpää
Teacher in charge

Teppo Saarenpää

Groups
  • PTIVIS22H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can describe the phases of information system development
- is able to make models of different information systems
- Is able to create the requirements specification for the information system
- understands the requirements of the health care sector for information system development

Content

- Information system development phases,
- Information systems modeling,
- Requirements specification for information systems,
- Development of medical software

Materials

Material and links shared by the teacher in the lectures.

Teaching methods

- 14 lectures / practice sessions
- weekly assignments are used to ensure that the students has familiarized themself with the lecture material
- group project assignment related to the lecture topics, which requires applying what has been learned to a real work life-oriented task,

Exam schedules

There is no exam in the course, but the course is evaluated based on project work and weekly assignments.

International connections

The students get basic information from the lectures about the different stages of developing information systems. What is learned in lectures is applied in project assignment, which is based on an ongoing project. In the project work, the student applies the learning material of each week in practice and prepares, for example, a requirements definition or a testing plan in accordance with the assignment. The project work is built throughout the course and can be improved and developed based on feedback from the teacher and other course participants until the return date.

In addition, homework is given on the subject of the lesson, which repeats the most important topics of the lesson. The assignments bring additional material to what has already been learned or challenge the student to think about things learned. Homework is always returned by the next time, after which the teacher evaluates it and, if necessary, gives feedback to the student. In this way, the aim is to ensure both the internalization of theoretical knowledge and the learning of its application.

Student workload

Lectures 30h, weekly tasks 28h, project assignment 77h.

Content scheduling

Course contents:
- stages and development models of information system development
- process and data flow modeling of information systems
- requirements specifications for information systems
- user-oriented design methods
- testing, implementation and maintenance as part of a design process
- medical software development

Further information

ItsLearning, Teams, email.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

- Weekly assignments are given weekly during the course. Return of assignments one week after assignment. 50% of the total grade.
- The project work is evaluated in the last week of the course. 50% of the total grade.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not achieved the learning goals defined in the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student can sketch process and data flow modeling of the planned information system and knows its importance in the planning process. The student recognizes some prototyping and modeling methods and can use them to a limited extent in design. The student can sketch define the requirements of the design object and understand its importance in the design process.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student knows how to make process and data flow modeling of the planned information system and understands its importance in the planning process. The student knows the different prototyping and modeling methods and knows how to use them as part of the design work. The student knows how to define requirements for a design object and its importance in the design process.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student can independently make process and data flow modeling of the planned information system and understand its importance in the planning process. The student knows the different prototyping and modeling methods and knows how to use them and choose the most suitable depending on the design phase and target. The student can independently define the requirements of the design object and understand its importance in the design process.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tiina Ferm
Groups
  • PTIVIS22H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to:
- understand different types of databases and evaluate their feasibility for different purposes.
- plan and implement a database based on requirements and search and modify data in the database
- use at least one well-known database management system
- describe database management tasks

Content

- Different types of databases
- Definition, planning and implementation of databases
- SQL basics
- Database administration with DBMS
- Management principles for databases

Materials

course material in itslearning

Teaching methods

learning by doing

International connections

Weekly topics are handled with
- lecture
- examples
- assessed network exercises
- db excercise

Completion alternatives

The complete course can be completed with an exam. The date will be agreed upon during the first lesson.

Student workload

lessons and rehearsals 45h
assessed network exercises 45h
DB exercises 45h

Content scheduling

Using a database (QBE, SQL)
Planning and implementing a database (entity analysis, ER model, DB structure model, populating a database)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Every exercise is worth 5-10 points, max 100 changed 14.11.2023 max 80p
Points are cumulative and have no weight.
Only exercises returned in time are evaluated.

Network exercises (40 points)
Lab works (40 points)    

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

< 40% or ( 32/80 points hanged 14.11.2023)

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

40 - 59%

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

60 - 79%

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

>80%
>90% grade5 and 6 credits

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 14.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Kimmo Tarkkanen
  • Sami Pyöttiälä
Teacher in charge

Kimmo Tarkkanen

Groups
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- understand different types of databases and evaluate their feasibility for different purposes.
- plan and implement a database based on requirements and search and modify data in the database
- use at least one well-known database management system
- describe database management tasks

Content

- Different types of databases
- Definition, planning and implementation of databases
- SQL basics
- Database administration with DBMS
- Management principles for databases

Materials

Lecture slides
Internet material about SQL and noSQL

Teaching methods

The course consists of 1) exercises (db queries and design tasks) 2) practical work tasks and 3) exam. Exercises are divided into weekly topics. These are practiced both individually and with the help of the teacher in the session. Each session begins with an introduction to the topic of the week, which includes practical examples with lecture slides.

Exam schedules

The exam is performed in Ville system.
1st exam is organized in the class room (during the regular meeting time) where Internet use is allowed for information retrieval. 2nd and 3rd exams as e-exams in the aquarium premises where Internet use is not allowed. E-exams are open the rest of the year.

International connections

Learning by doing, trial-error, listening carefully the teacher, and collaborating with other students, self- and peer-assessments.

Completion alternatives

Participation in the teaching session is not compulsory, but highly recommended. Each week we introduce a new topic that builds on top of previous weeks.

Remote self-studying in online mode is possible (with slightly different emphasis in topics and grading, announced in the beginning of the course).

Student workload

Recommended 8 hours / week for lectures, solving exercises and practical work tasks, if you are new to relational databases.

Participating weekly in teaching sessions: a' 3 hours * 14 =42h
Individual work:
for exercises 50h
Practical work 30h
Exam 10h

Content scheduling

In this course, students learn to use and design relational databases as well as understand differences to document databases.
Weekly meetings.Topics (and hours used in teaching sessions):
- Relational DBMS and DB use 4h
- Basics of SQL 13h
- Relational database design 7h
- Introduction to document database MongoDB 4h

Further information

We will use a DBMS environment for practical training (MySQL), which needs installation on the personal computer.
Highly likely, the environment for using DBMS is some LAMP stack with graphical UI like UwAmp, but you can use similar like XAMPP.
In addition to DBMS environment, we will use MongoDB cloud for practicing document databases.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is graded from 0-5. The grade is based on collected points.
Each exercise is 1 point unless mentioned otherwise. The exam must be passed.


Exercises: 65 points,
Practical work: 55 points
Exam 70 points;
Total 190 points

Grading by points:
Points Grade
0-89 NOT PASSED
90-107 1
108-124 2
125-144 3
145-159 4
160-190 5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Noora Maritta Nieminen
Teacher in charge

Noora Maritta Nieminen

Groups
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the most common data structures
- apply the most common data structures and algorithms connected to the use of these structures
- evaluate the efficiency of algorithms.

Content

- lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs and hash tables
- analysing and evaluating algorithms   
- designing algorithms       
- sorting methods  
- search algorithms

Materials

Lecture and practice session material in ItsLearning, e.g. PowerPoint presentations, Jupyter notebook / Python files, etc.
All material is provided in English

Teaching methods

Attending to lectures: teacher will provide both theoretical background and practical examples on a dedicated topic
Attending practice sessions: the theory is put into action in practice - we will see solutions to previous exercises + practice new topics
Individual work: Completing the assignments individually after face-to-face sessions

Exam schedules

Midterm 1 will be held in February (close to winter break), topics are "Algorithms and complexity" and "Basic data structures"
Midterm 2 will be held at the end of the course in April, topics are "Advanced data structures" and "search algorithms"

You will have the chance to retake midterm 1 at the end of the course when you also take the midterm 2 exam.

There is one retake exam for the entire course at the beginning of May.

International connections

Understanding data structures and algorithmic efficiency / complexity are essential in many ways. During this course, the student will gain both theoretical and practical understanding on these topics.

Students will learn to use pseudocode / flowcharts to describe algorithms and analyze their complexity. Practical understanding is gained through coding exercises. We will use Python as our main coding language.

Completion alternatives

Ask teacher, if there is an ongoing suitable online course (FiTech / Coursera or equivalent).
CampusOnline courses ARE NOT accepted!

Student workload

Lectures 2h / week (all three groups together)
Practice sessions 2h / week (three small groups)
Individual work outside school: reading, studying, preparing the weekly programming practice tasks

Content scheduling

January– April 2024

January: Algorithmic Thinking and Analysis
• pseudocode, flowcharts
• efficiency and algorithmic complexity

February: Basic Data Structures
• Arrays, Linked List, Stack, Queue

March: Advanced Data Structures
• Hash table, Trees, Graphs

April: Sorting Algorithms, Search Algorithms
• Bubble, Selection, Insertion, Merge and Quick Sort

Further information

ItsLearning
Email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The grade will be based on the following criteria:
- 2 midterm exams
- homework activity
- attendance to lectures and practice sessions

More detailed description provided at the first lecture and in ItsLearning

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student fails to meet most of the general objectives of the course in a satisfactory level.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

• has an elementary understanding on the performance of algorithms and in simple cases is able to apply some methods of analysis covered during the course.
• is familiar with some major algorithms and data structures covered in the course.
• has a basic understanding on how to apply the algorithmic design parameters covered in the course.
• has an elementary understanding on data representation.
• demonstrates some understanding on how to decompose programming problems in a purposeful way.
• can use most elementary data structures appropriately

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

• can analyze the performance of simple algorithms and is able to apply some of the methods of analysis covered during the course.
• is familiar with most of the major algorithms and data structures covered in the course.
• has an understanding of the algorithmic design parameters covered in the course.
• has a good understanding on data representation.
• demonstrates ability to decompose programming problems in a somewhat purposeful way.
• can choose and use elementary data structures appropriately in most cases.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

• can analyze the performance of algorithms and is able to apply all the methods of analysis covered during the course.
• is familiar with all the major algorithms and data structures covered in the course.
• is able to apply the algorithmic design parameters covered in the course.
• has a deep understanding on data representation.
• demonstrates ability to decompose programming problems in a purposeful way.
• can choose and use elementary data structures appropriately.

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming, or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Noora Maritta Nieminen
Teacher in charge

Noora Maritta Nieminen

Groups
  • PTIVIS22S
    Embedded Software and IoT

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the most common data structures
- apply the most common data structures and algorithms connected to the use of these structures
- evaluate the efficiency of algorithms.

Content

- lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs and hash tables
- analysing and evaluating algorithms 
- designing algorithms     
- sorting methods
- search algorithms

Materials

Lecture and practice session material in ItsLearning, e.g. PowerPoint presentations, Jupyter notebook / Python files, etc.
All material is provided in English

Teaching methods

Attending to lectures: teacher will provide both theoretical background and practical examples on a dedicated topic
Attending practice sessions: the theory is put into action in practice - we will see solutions to previous exercises + practice new topics
Individual work: Completing the assignments individually after face-to-face sessions

Exam schedules

Midterm 1 will be held in February (close to winter break), topics are "Algorithms and complexity" and "Basic data structures"
Midterm 2 will be held at the end of the course in April, topics are "Advanced data structures" and "search algorithms"

You will have the chance to retake midterm 1 at the end of the course when you also take the midterm 2 exam.

There is one retake exam for the entire course at the beginning of May.

International connections

Understanding data structures and algorithmic efficiency / complexity are essential in many ways. During this course, the student will gain both theoretical and practical understanding on these topics.

Students will learn to use pseudocode / flowcharts to describe algorithms and analyze their complexity. Practical understanding is gained through coding exercises. We will use Python as our main coding language.

Completion alternatives

Ask teacher, if there is an ongoing suitable online course (FiTech / Coursera or equivalent).
CampusOnline courses ARE NOT accepted!

Student workload

Lectures 2h / week (all three groups together)
Practice sessions 2h / week (three small groups)
Individual work outside school: reading, studying, preparing the weekly programming practice tasks

Content scheduling

January– April 2024

January: Algorithmic Thinking and Analysis
• pseudocode, flowcharts
• efficiency and algorithmic complexity

February: Basic Data Structures
• Arrays, Linked List, Stack, Queue

March: Advanced Data Structures
• Hash table, Trees, Graphs

April: Sorting Algorithms, Search Algorithms
• Bubble, Selection, Insertion, Merge and Quick Sort

Further information

ItsLearning
Email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The grade will be based on the following criteria:
- 2 midterm exams
- homework activity
- attendance to lectures and practice sessions

More detailed description provided at the first lecture and in ItsLearning

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student fails to meet most of the general objectives of the course in a satisfactory level.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

• has an elementary understanding on the performance of algorithms and in simple cases is able to apply some methods of analysis covered during the course.
• is familiar with some major algorithms and data structures covered in the course.
• has a basic understanding on how to apply the algorithmic design parameters covered in the course.
• has an elementary understanding on data representation.
• demonstrates some understanding on how to decompose programming problems in a purposeful way.
• can use most elementary data structures appropriately

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

• can analyze the performance of simple algorithms and is able to apply some of the methods of analysis covered during the course.
• is familiar with most of the major algorithms and data structures covered in the course.
• has an understanding of the algorithmic design parameters covered in the course.
• has a good understanding on data representation.
• demonstrates ability to decompose programming problems in a somewhat purposeful way.
• can choose and use elementary data structures appropriately in most cases.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

• can analyze the performance of algorithms and is able to apply all the methods of analysis covered during the course.
• is familiar with all the major algorithms and data structures covered in the course.
• is able to apply the algorithmic design parameters covered in the course.
• has a deep understanding on data representation.
• demonstrates ability to decompose programming problems in a purposeful way.
• can choose and use elementary data structures appropriately.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Noora Maritta Nieminen
Teacher in charge

Noora Maritta Nieminen

Groups
  • PTIVIS22H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the most common data structures
- apply the most common data structures and algorithms connected to the use of these structures
- evaluate the efficiency of algorithms.

Content

- lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs and hash tables
- analysing and evaluating algorithms
- designing algorithms   
- sorting methods
- search algorithms

Materials

Lecture and practice session material in ItsLearning, e.g. PowerPoint presentations, Jupyter notebook / Python files, etc.
All material is provided in English

Teaching methods

Attending to lectures: teacher will provide both theoretical background and practical examples on a dedicated topic
Attending practice sessions: the theory is put into action in practice - we will see solutions to previous exercises + practice new topics
Individual work: Completing the assignments individually after face-to-face sessions

Exam schedules

Midterm 1 will be held in February (close to winter break), topics are "Algorithms and complexity" and "Basic data structures"
Midterm 2 will be held at the end of the course in April, topics are "Advanced data structures" and "search algorithms"

You will have the chance to retake midterm 1 at the end of the course when you also take the midterm 2 exam.

There is one retake exam for the entire course at the beginning of May.

International connections

Understanding data structures and algorithmic efficiency / complexity are essential in many ways. During this course, the student will gain both theoretical and practical understanding on these topics.

Students will learn to use pseudocode / flowcharts to describe algorithms and analyze their complexity. Practical understanding is gained through coding exercises. We will use Python as our main coding language.

Completion alternatives

Ask teacher, if there is an ongoing suitable online course (FiTech / Coursera or equivalent).
CampusOnline courses ARE NOT accepted!

Student workload

Lectures 2h / week (all three groups together)
Practice sessions 2h / week (three small groups)
Individual work outside school: reading, studying, preparing the weekly programming practice tasks

Content scheduling

January– April 2024

January: Algorithmic Thinking and Analysis
• pseudocode, flowcharts
• efficiency and algorithmic complexity

February: Basic Data Structures
• Arrays, Linked List, Stack, Queue

March: Advanced Data Structures
• Hash table, Trees, Graphs

April: Sorting Algorithms, Search Algorithms
• Bubble, Selection, Insertion, Merge and Quick Sort

Further information

ItsLearning
Email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The grade will be based on the following criteria:
- 2 midterm exams
- homework activity
- attendance to lectures and practice sessions

More detailed description provided at the first lecture and in ItsLearning

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student fails to meet most of the general objectives of the course in a satisfactory level.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

• has an elementary understanding on the performance of algorithms and in simple cases is able to apply some methods of analysis covered during the course.
• is familiar with some major algorithms and data structures covered in the course.
• has a basic understanding on how to apply the algorithmic design parameters covered in the course.
• has an elementary understanding on data representation.
• demonstrates some understanding on how to decompose programming problems in a purposeful way.
• can use most elementary data structures appropriately

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

• can analyze the performance of simple algorithms and is able to apply some of the methods of analysis covered during the course.
• is familiar with most of the major algorithms and data structures covered in the course.
• has an understanding of the algorithmic design parameters covered in the course.
• has a good understanding on data representation.
• demonstrates ability to decompose programming problems in a somewhat purposeful way.
• can choose and use elementary data structures appropriately in most cases.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

• can analyze the performance of simple algorithms and is able to apply some of the methods of analysis covered during the course.
• is familiar with most of the major algorithms and data structures covered in the course.
• has an understanding of the algorithmic design parameters covered in the course.
• has a good understanding on data representation.
• demonstrates ability to decompose programming problems in a somewhat purposeful way.
• can choose and use elementary data structures appropriately in most cases.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 20.09.2023

Timing

06.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Mika Koivunen
Teacher in charge

Mika Koivunen

Groups
  • PTIVIS21H
    Terveysteknologia

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- understands the basics of information security and data protection in social and health care
- is able to apply his or her knowledge in the work of an expert in health technology
- is able to take into account the social and health care information security and data protection requirements in product development

Content

- Legislation on data protection
- Data protection for social and health care
- Social and health care registers
- Best practices in security anddata protection

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Mika Koivunen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to:
- name and explain the basic principles of Information Security
- describe the importance of information security for operations in organization
- name and describe the devices and services used to support communications in data networks and the Internet
- describe the importance of addressing and naming schemes at various layers of data networks in IPv4 and IPv6 environments
- design, calculate, and apply addresses and subnet masks to fulfill given requirements in IPv4 and IPv6 networks
- build a simple Internet network using wireless devices, routers and switches
- use basic configuration commands to design, configure and manage basic networks.

Content

- basic principles of Information Security
- use and importance of information security for operations in organization
- network terminology, Network protocols, Packet Tracer
- IP-addressing and Subnetting, IPv4 and IPv6
- network devices hardware and software
- building Wireless and Wired Local Area Network
- building a Connected Network

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Mika Koivunen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to:
- name and explain the basic principles of Information Security
- describe the importance of information security for operations in organization
- name and describe the devices and services used to support communications in data networks and the Internet
- describe the importance of addressing and naming schemes at various layers of data networks in IPv4 and IPv6 environments
- design, calculate, and apply addresses and subnet masks to fulfill given requirements in IPv4 and IPv6 networks
- build a simple Internet network using wireless devices, routers and switches
- use basic configuration commands to design, configure and manage basic networks.

Content

- basic principles of Information Security
- use and importance of information security for operations in organization
- network terminology, Network protocols, Packet Tracer
- IP-addressing and Subnetting, IPv4 and IPv6
- network devices hardware and software
- building Wireless and Wired Local Area Network
- building a Connected Network

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS20O
    Software engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS20
  • PTIVIS20T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS20H
    Terveysteknologia
  • PTIVIS20S
    Embedded Software and IoT
  • PTIVIS20P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- calculate different mean and standard deviation figures for a given statistical data
- determine the regression line and correlation, and understand their significance
- identify and draw various statistical diagrams
- recognize the basic concepts of continuous and discrete probability distributions
- normalize a normally distributed variable and calculate the associated probabilities
- calculate confidence intervals and understand the significance of error in statistical mathematics
- determine p-value using the z-test and t-test of average
- construct contingency tables and apply the chi-square test

Content

- mean and standard deviation figures
- diagrams and their differences
- regression, correlation
- basic definitions and formulas of probability
- discrete probability distribution, binomial distribution, Poisson distribution
- continuous probability distribution, normal distribution, normalization
- statistical testing, sampling, confidence interval
- z-test and t-test of average
- contingency tables and chi-square test

Materials

ITSL-sivulta löytyvät:
Luentomuistiinpanot
Laskuharjoitusten tehtävät ja mallivastaukset
Laskinohjelmistojen ohjeet
Harjoituskoe

Teaching methods

Luennot
Laskuharjoitukset
Kokeet
Vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö

Exam schedules

Tilastot:
Osakoe ja sen uusinta ennen syyslomaa
Todennäköisyys:
Osakoe ja sen uusinta ennen joululomaa

Lopullinen uusinta seuraavan vuoden tammikuussa:
voi tehdä jomman kumman tai kummatkin osakokeista

Completion alternatives

Pelkät osakokeet ilman pisteitä laskuharjoituksista
Vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö, + 2op

Student workload

16*2h luennot
8*2h laskuharjoitukset, joissa yhteensä noin 8*12 kpl tehtäviä
2*2h kokeet
loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua
vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö, 2op

Content scheduling

Elokuu-lokakuu, tilastot:
- Tilastomuuttuja
- Keskiluvut ja hajontaluvut
- Diagrammien piirtäminen
- Regressio
- Korrelaatio
- Virhetyypit

Lokakuu-joulukuu, todennäköisyys:
- Todennäköisyyden peruskaavat
- Diskreetti satunnaismuuttuja
- Binomijakauma ja Poisson-jakauma
- Jatkuva satunnaismuuttuja
- Normaalijakauma ja normittaminen
- Tilastollinen testaaminen
- Keskiarvo z-testi ja t-testi, khiiNeliö-riippumattomuustesti

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Osakokeista täytyy saada tietty määrä pisteitä päästäkseen läpi.
Laskuharjoituksista saatavat lisäpisteet parantavat arvosanaa.
Arvosanataulukko löytyy ITSL-sivulta.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Ei tarpeeksi pisteitä kokeista.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosanataulukko löytyy ITSL-sivulta.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosanataulukko löytyy ITSL-sivulta.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosanataulukko löytyy ITSL-sivulta.

Qualifications

Courses Engineering Precalculus, Calculus and Topics in Applied Mathematics
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Hazem Al-Bermanei
Groups
  • ICT_MOD_UPV_23
    ICT_MOD_UPV_23
  • PTIVIS20O
    Software engineering and Project Management
  • PINFOS20
  • PTIVIS20T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS20H
    Terveysteknologia
  • PTIVIS20S
    Embedded Software and IoT
  • PTIVIS20P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- calculate different mean and standard deviation figures for a given statistical data
- determine the regression line and correlation, and understand their significance
- identify and draw various statistical diagrams
- recognize the basic concepts of continuous and discrete probability distributions
- normalize a normally distributed variable and calculate the associated probabilities
- calculate confidence intervals and understand the significance of error in statistical mathematics
- determine p-value using the z-test and t-test of average
- construct contingency tables and apply the chi-square test

Content

- mean and standard deviation figures
- diagrams and their differences
- regression, correlation
- basic definitions and formulas of probability
- discrete probability distribution, binomial distribution, Poisson distribution
- continuous probability distribution, normal distribution, normalization
- statistical testing, sampling, confidence interval
- z-test and t-test of average
- contingency tables and chi-square test

Materials

All practical information on timetables, project work, grading etc., as well as links to web materials are provided in ITSLEARNING.

Teaching methods

Teacher-directed classroom activities, group work and independent work; project work, reports, task-based (homework)

International connections

The contents of the course give understanding to use the mean and standard deviation,.. , and the figures to analyze the data.
The students will team up for a project work and writing reports on some current and relevant aspect of statistics, which gives everyone an opportunity to understand the topic; all students will develop their statistical proficiency.
Task-based assessment supports learning and is continuous throughout the course. Studying in an international group develops students’ ability to intercultural communication and multicultural collaboration.

Completion alternatives

Probability and Statistics (3rd edition),Murray R. Spiegel, John J. Schiller, R. Alu Srinivasan, SCHAUM’S outlines.

Student workload

Classroom activities: Classroom activities participation: 50 h
Homework: Working on homework sets 1-6: 30 h
Project work: Research, presentation material, presentation: 20h
Final exam: Preparing for the final exam : 25 h

Content scheduling

- mean and standard deviation figures
- diagrams and their differences
- regression, correlation
- basic definitions and formulas of probability
- discrete probability distribution, binomial distribution, Poisson distribution
- continuous probability distribution, normal distribution, normalization
- statistical testing, sampling, confidence interval
- z-test and t-test of average
- contingency tables and chi-square test

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Homework sets 1-6: 30 %: Total of thirty homework exercises based on reading material and classroom notes: diagnostic/formative self / teacher evaluation
in connection with each homework set return session.
Project work, reports, presentations: 40 % : Each outcome of the project work is assessed independently (assessment criteria is specified in Optima): peer feedback summative teacher feedback at the end of the course.
Final exam: 30 %: A written exam (1,5 hrs) on specified material: Summative teacher evaluation at the end of the course

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Fail in the final exam and not doing the assignments.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Collect (50--60) points in the exam and doing 50% of the assignments.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Collect (70--80) points in the exam and doing at least 75% of the assignments

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Collect (90--100) points in the exam and doing at least 90% of the assignments

Qualifications

Courses Engineering Precalculus, Calculus and Topics in Applied Mathematics
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 21.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS21D
  • PTIVIS21C
  • PTIVIS21B
  • PTIVIS21A
  • PTIVIS21F
  • PTIVIS21E

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- calculate different mean and standard deviation figures for a given statistical data
- determine the regression line and correlation, and understand their significance
- identify and draw various statistical diagrams
- recognize the basic concepts of continuous and discrete probability distributions
- normalize a normally distributed variable and calculate the associated probabilities
- calculate confidence intervals and understand the significance of error in statistical mathematics
- determine p-value using the z-test and t-test of average
- construct contingency tables and apply the chi-square test

Content

- mean and standard deviation figures
- diagrams and their differences
- regression, correlation
- basic definitions and formulas of probability
- discrete probability distribution, binomial distribution, Poisson distribution
- continuous probability distribution, normal distribution, normalization
- statistical testing, sampling, confidence interval
- z-test and t-test of average
- contingency tables and chi-square test

Materials

ITSL-sivulta löytyvät:
Luentomuistiinpanot
Laskuharjoitusten tehtävät
Laskinohjelmistojen ohjeet
Harjoituskoe

Teaching methods

Luennot
Laskuharjoitukset
Kokeet
Vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö

Exam schedules

Tilastot-osio:
osakoe ja sen uusinta hiihtoloman jälkeen.
Todennäköisyys-osio:
osakoe ja sen uusinta ennen huhtikuun lopulla.

Lopullinen uusinta toukokuussa:
voi tehdä jomman kumman tai kummatkin osakokeista

Completion alternatives

Vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö, + 2op

Student workload

14*2h luennot
14*1h laskuharjoitukset
2*2h kokeet
loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua
vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö, + 2op

Content scheduling

Tilastot:
- Tilastomuuttuja
- Keskiluvut ja hajontaluvut
- Diagrammien piirtäminen
- Regressio
- Korrelaatio

Todennäköisyys:
- Todennäköisyyden peruskaavat
- Diskreetti satunnaismuuttuja
- Binomijakauma ja Poisson-jakauma
- Jatkuva satunnaismuuttuja
- Normaalijakauma ja normittaminen
- Tilastollinen testaaminen
- Keskiarvo z-testi ja t-testi, khiiNeliö-riippumattomuustesti

Further information

Sähköposti.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arvosana määräytyy kokeista saadun yhteispistemäärän (max. 16+16=32) ja kotitehtävistä saadun pistemäärän (max. 10) perusteella seuraavan taulukon mukaisesti (kokeista täytyy saada yhteensä vähintään 12 pistettä päästäkseen läpi kurssista):
0-11: 0
12-17: 1
18-23: 2
24-29: 3
30-35: 4
36-42: 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Qualifications

Courses Engineering Precalculus, Calculus and Topics in Applied Mathematics
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

7 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 240

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Juha Saarinen
  • Mauri Suhonen
  • Noora Maritta Nieminen
  • Jetro Vesti
  • Leena Mattila
  • Paula Steinby
  • Antti Haarto
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- describe and perform product development process steps
- create a project plan - act as a member of a project group
- perform technical problem solving in small groups
- plan, design and document simple programs
- write reports and design promotional materials
- utilize an e-learning platform.

Content

- Planning, implementing and documenting an R&D project
- Life cycle of a product
- Safety at electrical work
- Basic programming (iteration, selection, parallelism)
- Documentation of a program
- E-learning platform
- Office programs, tools for project planning and management
- Team working

Materials

Network material in Itslearning.

Teaching methods

lessons, tasks, independent studying, teamwork, project work

International connections

During the course, the students study the basic skills of product development. The students work in groups and produce a new innovative solution to problems of everyday life. The student groups make a project plan, marketing plan and testing plan during the course for their groups' own project. Furthermore, the groups have to track their hours for the whole course. The course culminates in a competition taking place in April where company representatives will evaluate the quality of the student products.

After completing the course the student can:
- describe and perform product development process steps
- create a project plan
- act as a member of a project group
- perform technical problem solving in small groups
- plan, design and document simple programs/products
- write reports and design promotional materials
- taking into account patents, laws and directives relating to various products
- utilize an e-learning platform.

Completion alternatives

No alternative method of execution.

Student workload

Lessons 60 h
Independent studying, making and presenting groups' optional project 130 h

Content scheduling

January–April 2024
• 1/2024 - 4/2024: Different tasks of product development.
• 1/2024 - 4/2024: Groups' optional project in which the planning and implementation and reporting are included
• 4/2024: Demo Day in the Campus.

Further information

The laptop is needed during the course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

• Weekly tasks
• Final report
• Working hours. (peer review)
• Success in the Demo Day.
More precise point limits in Itslearning.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The course is based on continuous assessment. The student has not completed the learning tasks with approval or has not achieved the number of points entitling to acceptance from the learning tasks. The student has participated in the work of the group only a little or not at all.

Enrollment

02.08.2023 - 10.09.2023

Timing

01.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 170

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Poppy Skarli
  • Mauri Suhonen
  • Leena Mattila
  • Tiina Ferm
Teacher in charge

Leena Mattila

Groups
  • PTIVIS20O
    Software engineering and Project Management
  • PTIETS20swis
    PTIETS20 Software Development and Information Security
  • PTIETS20sepm
    PTIETS20 Software engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS20T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS20H
    Terveysteknologia
  • PTIVIS20S
    Embedded Software and IoT
  • PTIVIS20P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Materials

Materials in Itslearning

Teaching methods

contact teaching, task-based learning, independent study

Exam schedules

N/A

International connections

The course covers the basic skills of research communication and goes through the thesis process.

Completion alternatives

No alternative methods of attainment

Student workload

The course schedule will be published in Itslearning. Instruction in Finnish and instruction in English in alternate weeks. Typically, the course has 13 sessions (1 x kickoff to the course, 6 x classes in English, 6x classes in Finnish)
Contact classes: 2 x 14h = 28h (14h in Finnish, 14 h in English)
Students' own work : 31h
Students can attend either Finnish or English or both language sessions. However, it is recommended that they attend the classes in the language in which they will write their thesis.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved: active attendance at least 5 Researc Communication lessons and attendance at least 2 Thesis seminars and a topic paper done.
Failed: Less than 5 active attendances Researc Communication lessons and/or less than 2 attendances Thesis seminars and/or topic paper not done.

Content scheduling

Basics of academic writing
Theses: Types and relevant agreements
The process of thesis writing ( from thesis topic idea to publication)
Basic skills in thesis writing and thesis reporting
Information search

Further information

The course is online course, the link is in Itslearning.
The course is run in parallel in Finnish and English every other week.

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

N/A

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

N/A

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

N/A

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 29.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

30 - 250

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Poppy Skarli
  • Mauri Suhonen
  • Leena Mattila
  • Tiina Ferm
Teacher in charge

Leena Mattila

Groups
  • PTIETS21swis
    PTIETS21 Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIVIS20O
    Software engineering and Project Management
  • PTIETS21dncs
    PTIETS21 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS21sepm
    PTIETS21 Software engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS20T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS20H
    Terveysteknologia
  • PTIVIS20S
    Embedded Software and IoT
  • PTIVIS20P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Materials

Materials in Itslearning

Teaching methods

contact teaching, task-based learning, independent study

Exam schedules

N/A

International connections

The course covers the basic skills of research communication and goes through the thesis process.

Completion alternatives

No alternative methods of attainment

Student workload

The course schedule will be published in Itslearning. Instruction in Finnish and instruction in English in alternate weeks. Typically, the course has 13 sessions (1 x kickoff to the course, 6 x classes in English, 6x classes in Finnish)
Contact classes: 2 x 14h = 28h (14h in Finnish, 14 h in English)
Students' own work : 31h
Students can attend either Finnish or English or both language sessions. However, it is recommended that they attend the classes in the language in which they will write their thesis.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved: active attendance at least 5 Researc Communication lessons and attendance at least 2 Thesis seminars and a topic paper done.
Failed: Less than 5 active attendances Researc Communication lessons and/or less than 2 attendances Thesis seminars and/or topic paper not done.

Content scheduling

Basics of academic writing
Theses: Types and relevant agreements
The process of thesis writing ( from thesis topic idea to publication)
Basic skills in thesis writing and thesis reporting
Information search

Further information

The course is online course, the link is in Itslearning.
The course is run in parallel in Finnish and English. In English starts in week 2 and is every other week, in Finnish begins in week 5.

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failed: Less than 5 active attendances Researc Communication lessons and/or less than 2 attendances Thesis seminars and/or topic paper not done.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

N/A

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

N/A

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

N/A

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 14.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mikko Österman
  • Taisto Suominen
Teacher in charge

Taisto Suominen

Materials

Due to the practical nature of this course, there is no prescribed learning material. All necessary documentation and other material toward the successful completion of the project course on game development will be shared with students throughout the course.

The course uses Itslearning learning platform.

Teaching methods

Weekly Monday meetings:
onsite meetings in ICT City
each team presents shortly the current status of their project
preferably with a workable and playable demo
each answers briefly the following three questions:
1. Have you achieved the previous goal?
2. What are you going to do next?
3. Is there something preventing you from doing it?

Support laboratory with instructors on Tuesdays at game lab.
Independent laboratory on Fridays at game lab

Exam schedules

There are no exams for this course.

This course does not have any retake possibilities. Failing the course means that students will have to repeat it the following year.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

Experience in published Unreal Engine game project in a company. Contact the instructor.

Student workload

Monday meetings 30h
Support Laboratory 30h
Independent work 75

Content scheduling

During this course students will create a game project using Unreal Engine.
Course starts in 8.1.2024

Course Schedule
Week 1 Course introduction and grouping and Game Ideas
Week 2 Game and Concept Design
Week 3 Concept Presentations
Week 4 Group Progress Presentation
Week 5 Group Progress Presentation
Week 6 Group Progress Presentation
Week 7 Prototype Presentations
Week 8 Group Progress Presentation
Week 9 Group Progress Presentation
Week 10 Group Progress Presentation
Week 11 Group Progress Presentation
Week 12 No Presentations due Easter
Week 13 Group Progress Presentation
Week 14 Group Progress Presentation
Week 15 Group Progress Presentation
Week 16 Final Game Presentations

Further information

Prerequisite for this course is Unreal Engine experience or either of these courses:
Unreal Engine for Artists
Unreal Engine for Developers

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course has weekly meetings:
On Monday meetings one member of the group must present the weekly goal of the group and review the progress.
Each student will be evaluated independently based on group work, active participation and progress and peer evaluation

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failure to participate weekly meetings and to submit the game project as a group
Individual non-participation as determined by attendance and the peer-evaluation will also lead to failing the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- The weekly progress is weak
- Deliverable is done on hasty manner
- Deliverable contains a few features
- Deliverable is incoherent or does not work

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

- The weekly progress is good
- Deliverable contains many features
- Adequately applied preliminary research to complete the project, but lacking creativity
- Deliverable is coherent and functions as required

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- The weekly progress is excellent
- Deliverable contains lots of features
- Creatively applied preliminary research to complete the assignment
- Deliverable is coherent and the quality is superb

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 18.09.2023

Timing

13.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mikko Österman
Teacher in charge

Taisto Suominen

Materials

Lecturer's material and live sessions. Software manufacturer specific online references and materials
Other available online material.
Group chat on Discord. Additional material and reading material shared through Itslearning for each week's theme.

Teaching methods

The course will be delivered through contact sessions and the core learning will take place in a tutorial fashion with laboratory assignments and homework.

Although peer-assisted learning is encouraged, students are expected to produce individual deliverables (in other words, no group work).

The students are expected to give peer feedback on specified laboratory assignments and homework.

The course will be using Itslearning as the learning platform.

Exam schedules

No exams

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning and learning by doing approach.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration. If you have experience from industry or other experience that is compatible with the course content contact the lecturer.

Student workload

This course requires students to work 135 hours and is divided as follows:
- Contact sessions and instructed laboratory work 48 hours
- Individual homework 87 hours
All course work is individual

Content scheduling

This course will focus on how to use Unreal Engine for game development with the main focus on programming. Course starts on calendar week 37 (11.9.) and ends on calendar week 50 (13.12.). The course will be held onsite at the game laboratory. Tasks and guidance are given at the laboratory classroom C3031. The laboratory assignments and homework are related to the topic of the week.

Week 37: Unreal Engine Setup
Week 38: Enhanced Input System in Unreal Engine
Week 39: Player movement and collisions
Week 40: Game modes and managers
Week 41: UI
Week 43: Implementing animations
Week 44: Implementing VFX
Week 45: Implementing SFX
Week 46: AI and behavior trees
Week 47: Polishing
Week 48: Making a playable build
Week 50: Show your game

Assignment changes each week and assignment is recommended to be returned before next week’s live session as the course progresses chronologically relying on skills acquired during previous weeks. Last assignment must be returned before 19.12.2022.


Learning Objectives:
After completing the module, the student is able:
- to understand the development worklfow with Unreal Engine
- to create game mechanics with Unreal Engine
- to understand possibilities of inside engine tools and assets
- to understand the roles and tasks of programmer in Unreal Engine
Content:
After completing the module, the student is able:
- to understand the development worklfow with Unreal Engine
- to create game mechanics with Unreal Engine
- to understand possibilities of inside engine tools and assets
- to understand the roles and tasks of programmer in Unreal Engine
- to create game play mechanics with Unreal engine
- to create game play mechanics with Unreal engine

Further information

All communication through Itslearning.
This course is recommended for Game and Interactive Technology Students. Additional students can join only if there are available seats in the game lab.

Course is suitable for students without previous game development experience but will require more effort from those unfamiliar with the game development process.

Recommended Prerequisites:
Basics of any programming language
Basic understanding of object oriented programming
Solid Computer skills

For homework you will need a personal computer that is capable of running Unreal Engine 5.2.
https://docs.unrealengine.com/5.0/en-US/hardware-and-software-specifications-for-unreal-engine/
The laboratory classroom is available Mondays-Fridays from 4:00 pm to 8:00 pm for homework.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment will be based on the individual assignments submitted in the Itslearning workspace.
The lecturer evaluates each assignment as passed or failed. To pass the course, students are expected to submit at least 5 assignments and give a final presentation of their project. There will be 10 assignments in total.

Final grade will be based on the following:

10 passed assignments == 5
9 passed assignments == 4
8 passed assignments == 3
7 passed assignments == 2
6 passed assignments == 1
5 passed assignments == 1
4 or fewer passed assignments == 0

Missing the final presentation will result -1 grade to the final evaluation.


Assignment changes each week and assignment needs to returned before next weeks live session.No feedback for late assignment submissions. Last assignment must be returned before 20.12.2023

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student submits less than 5 of the assignments or submits 6 and does not show up for the final presentation.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

5-7 passed assignments and did the final presentation or 7-8 passed assignments and no final presentation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

9-8 passed assignments and did the final presentation or 10-9 passed assignments and no final presentation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

10 passed assignments and did the final presentation.

Enrollment

01.08.2023 - 07.09.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jarno Tuominen
Teacher in charge

Jarno Tuominen

Scheduling groups
  • Group 1 (Size: 25. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Group 2 (Size: 25. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS21S
    Embedded Software and IoT
Small groups
  • Group 1
  • Group 2

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can design and implement digital logic using VHDL language
- knows basic principles of FPGA functionality.

Content

- VHDL
- combinatorial logic
- sequential logic
- state machines
- FPGA

Materials

Will be informed at the beginning of the course

Teaching methods

Lectures
Exercises
Self study
Written (short) exam

Exam schedules

Exam 1: W49
Exam 2: TBD
Exam 3: TBD

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

Contact teaching / lectures 7*1h (7h)
Contact teaching / lab work 14*3h (42h)

Self studying / independent work (85h)
Exam (1h)

Total: 135h

Content scheduling

VHDL/FPGA development
Course duration 9/2022 - 12/2022
Topics:
- VHDL
- combinatorial logic
- sequential logic
- state machines
- FPGA
After completing the course the student:
- can design and implement digital logic using VHDL language
- knows principles of FPGA technology and related tools
- understands the basics of computer architecture

Further information

Basic skills in programming (any language) is mandatory
Basic skills in electronics is highly recommended
This is a laboratory course
The tools used in this course require a lot of hard disk space on your laptop (>10GB)
Support is given primarily for windows-environment, Linux can be used as well (limited support). No support for Mac users, tools must be run in virtual machine, which is very likely to cause big problems. Thus, Mac highly not recommended.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Exam 25%
Lab exercises 75%
Project work TBD%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 66% of lab exercises completed
OR
Less than 10 points in exam
OR (TBD)
Project work not submitted

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

grade 1: 66% of lab exercises completed, 50% of max points in exam

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

To be defined

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

To be defined

Qualifications

Introduction to Electronics and Transmission

Enrollment

01.08.2023 - 05.10.2023

Timing

28.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Jokela
  • Juha Kalliovaara
Teacher in charge

Juha Kalliovaara

Groups
  • PTIVIS21T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS21dncs
    PTIETS21 Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Materials

Lecture material

Teaching methods

Lectures
Laboratory exercises (MATLAB exercises, practical measurements with mobile devices etc.)

Exam schedules

Exam will be held on last lecture, re-take possibilities will be communicated at the end of the course

International connections

Topics are covered in lessons and confirmed with laboratory works and practical measurements.

Student workload

Lessons and laboratory works 50 h
Homeworks and preparations for labs and exam 85h

Content scheduling

Different wireless systems (e.g. WLAN, TV, Mobile, IoT), newest technologies (5G, NB-IoT etc.), frequency allocations, use of radio spectrum, radio waves, propagation and attenuation, propagation modeling, link budget, fading, antennas, building blocks of wireless communication systems (ADC/DAC, modulation, coding, interleaving, encryption), laboratory exercises (antennas, propagation modeling, coding, connection to systems in use, e.g. LoRaWAN, BT, BLE or WLAN), measurements in test network.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Exam 0-5, 40 % of the grade
Home work / exercises 0-5, 60 % of the grade

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Exam not passed or not enough points from the exercises

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Understands the basics of different wireless systems and can use MATLAB for system-level analysis of wireless systems.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Understands the high-level operation of 4G and 5G mobile networks, radio propagation and can conduct measurements in wireless networks and analyze their results.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Understands well the physical properties of wireless technologies and is able to analyze how they are related to the wireless system performance.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Ali Khan
Groups
  • PTIVIS21O
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
Implement a desktop or a web application for an assigned task.
Program efficiently in a team using professional tools.
Reuse code, utilize libraries, and/or application platforms and application frameworks.
Write code from UML diagrams or implement user stories.
Understand some common design patterns.

Content

An assignment for a desktop or a web application.
Elaborating on programming language and features suitable for the application.
Learning and utilising one or more design patterns.
Using professional coding and version control tools.
Re-using code and utilising libraries, frameworks and/or platforms.
Developing a desktop or a web application as a team work.

Materials

Text books: Course is based on:

"Spring Boot in Action" by Craig Walls:
This book provides a comprehensive guide to building web applications, including RESTful web services, using Spring Boot. It covers the fundamentals of Spring Boot and how to create RESTful APIs with it.

"Spring Microservices in Action" by John Carnell:
While this book focuses on microservices architecture, it extensively covers creating RESTful APIs with Spring Boot as a fundamental part of building microservices. It's a great choice if you're interested in microservices-based RESTful services.

"Mastering Spring Boot 2.0" by Dinesh Rajput:
This book covers advanced topics related to Spring Boot, including RESTful web services. It's suitable for those who have a basic understanding of Spring Boot and want to dive deeper into building RESTful APIs.

"Spring REST" by Balaji Varanasi and Sudha Belida:
This book, mentioned earlier in the context of RESTful web services in general, is also a good resource if you're specifically interested in using Spring for building RESTful APIs.

"Building RESTful Web Services with Spring 5" by Ludovic Dewailly and Alexandre Chapellon:
This book focuses on Spring 5 and covers building RESTful web services using the latest features of the Spring framework, making it a valuable resource for staying up-to-date with Spring technology.

"Spring Boot 2.0 Cookbook" by Alex Antonov:
This book provides practical recipes for building various types of applications with Spring Boot, including RESTful web services. It's a hands-on guide with real-world examples.

More course material and assignments implementation instructions will be provided during learning period.

Teaching methods

- Weekly face-to-face meetings with lectures and small group work
- Learning by doing and experimenting (Implementation assignments, project work)
- Small group work and peer learning
- Self-study material and FLIP classroom

Exam schedules

No exam

International connections

Learning by doing and FLIP classrooms

Completion alternatives

Ask the teacher about possible alternative methods of completion

Student workload

135h

Content scheduling

The course content is divided into four learning objectives(CLOs):

CLO1 Develop applications interacting with cloud-based/regular SQL databases using the latest ORM frameworks:
Database Connectivity using JDBC
1.1 Create a database connection
1.2 Create Statement Objects
1.3 Perform SQL Commands
1.4 Manipulate databases

Database Connectivity using Spring Boot Data JPA
1.5 Implement Database connectivity using Spring Boot Data JPA
1.6 Manipulate persistent data using Spring Boot Data JPA

NoSQL Database Connectivity using ORM
1.7 Compare JSON with XML
1.8 Implement a NoSQL Database connectivity using Spring Boot Data JPA

CLO2 Apply services architecture to implement REST based web services and micro services:
Web services and SOA (Service Oriented Architecture) (optional)
2.1 Explain SOA advantages and Principles
2.2 Explain the limitations of software capabilities
2.3 Implement SOAP Web services

Backend web development RESTful web services
2.4 Introduce the Representational State Transfer (REST)
2.5 Use HTTP Methods for CRUD operations
2.6 Analyze HTTP Status Codes

RESTful web services
2.7 Configure Spring Boot Application
2.8 Create RESTful web services using Spring Boot Framework
2.9 Connect RESTful web services using Spring Boot Framework with a database
2.10 Implement entities, JPA Repository, and controllers
2.11 Build a Restful API
2.12 Test Restful API

CLO3 Analyze responsive web apps using latest UI frameworks to interact with web services:
Angular as Front-End framework
3.1 Introduce Angular Components
3.2 Implement Angular Services
3.3 Analyze an application that consumes the REST API Web service

CLO4 Deploy micro services using Dockers:
Service Virtualization Tools
4.1 Explain Service Virtualization
4.2 Introduce Docker
4.3 Create Docker Container
4.4 Deploy Application in Docker



We will use the following languages, protocols and tools:
Eclipse
MySQL
NodeJS
Spring boot
JPA
JSON
XML
REST
Angular (HTML, CSS, TS)
Docker

Further information

Course material and assignments during learning period.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Personal assignments:
6 personal assignments: 70 points
The group project work: 30 points.

The assignments must be returned by the deadline to get the points. The assignments returned after the deadline will give you only half of the points.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

0-49 (0)

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50-59 (1)
60-69 (2)

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70-79 (3)
80-89 (4)

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90-100 (5)

Enrollment

24.07.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Ali Khan
Teacher in charge

Ali Khan

Groups
  • PTIETS22deai
    PTIETS22 Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS22I
    Data Engineering and AI

Objective

After completing the course, the student can:
- Describe what Cloud Services are, how they affect business and which new opportunities it may enable.
- Describe use cases and benefits of cloud services,
- Describe SAAS, PAAS, IAAS.
- Develop a solution that utilizes cloud services.

Content

Introduction to cloud services
Software as a service (SAAS)
Platform as a service (PAAS)
Infrastructure as a service (IAAS)
Virtual machines and containers
Security of cloud services
Project work

Materials

Task-specific material to be announced separately in Its Learning and in AWS academy.

Teaching methods

- Weekly face-to-face meetings with lecture teaching and small group work
- Learning by doing and experimenting (exercise tasks, project work, information search)
- Small group work and peer learning
- Self-study material
- Teacher guidance and examples

Exam schedules

No exam, and retake not possible after evaluation grade is published.

International connections

FLIP classrooms and learning by doing

Completion alternatives

Not possible

Student workload

Contact hours
- Course introduction: 3 hours
- 12 times 3h theory and practice: 12 x 3h = 36 hours
- 16 times AWS Academy self paced sessions: 16 x 1h = 16 hours

Home work:
- Working with assignments: approximately 80 hours

Total: approximately 135 hours

Content scheduling

The course content is divided into four learning objectives(CLOs):

CLO1 Analyze classic data centers and cloud data center solutions.

Introduction to Cloud Computing
1.1 Understand the limitations of traditional computing and evolution of cloud computing
1.2 Understand the concepts of Cluster, Grid and Cloud Computing, its benefits and challenges

Cloud Computing Models and Services
1.3 Explore the standard cloud model, cloud deployment and service delivery models
1.4 Understand service abstraction

Resource Virtualization and Pooling
1.5 Implement physical computing resources virtualization
1.6 Implement machine, server level and operating system virtualization
1.7 Understand resource pooling, sharing and resource provisioning

CLO2 Design a cloud data center based on specific technical requirements.

Resource Virtualization and Pooling
2.1 Implement physical computing resources virtualization
2.2 Implement machine, server level and operating system virtualization

Scaling and Capacity Planning
2.3 Understand the foundation of cloud scaling
2.4 Explore scaling strategies and implement scalable applications
2.5 Explore approaches for capacity planning

Load Balancing
2.6 Explore the goals and categories of load balancing. Explore parameters for consideration.

File System and Storage
2.7 Understand the need for high performance processing and Big Data
2.8 Explore storage deployment models and differentiate various storage types

CLO3 Discuss the need for security, reliability and legal compliance of a cloud data center.
Database Technologies
3.1 Explore database models
3.2 Implement relational and non-relational database as a service

Cloud Computing Security
3.3 Understand the threats to cloud security
3.5 Explore and develop a cloud security model
3.6 Understand Trusted Cloud Computing

Privacy and Compliance
3.7 Explore key privacy concerns in the cloud
3.8 Differentiate security vs. privacy
3.9 Develop a privacy policy

CLO4 Design strategies for the implementation of effective cloud solutions to support business requirements.

Content Delivery Model
4.1 Understand and explore content delivery network models in the cloud

Portability and Interoperability
4.2 Explore portability and interoperability scenarios
4.3 Understand machine imaging
4.4 Differentiate virtual machine and virtual appliance

Cloud Management
4.5 Understand cloud service life cycle
4.6 Understand asset management in the cloud
4.7 Explore cloud service management
4.8 Develop disaster recovery strategies

SELF PACED / FLIP CLASSROOM
In addition to the above theoretical content the students will learn and practice the cloud concepts in AWS academy. The AWS academy online course covers the following modules.

Module 1 - Global Infrastructure
Module 2 - Structures of the Cloud
Module 3 - AWS Console
Module 4 - Virtual Servers
Module 5 - Content Delivery
Module 6 - Virtual Storage
Module 7 - Security 1
Module 8 - Security 2
Module 9 - Monitoring the Cloud
Module 10: Databases
Module 11 - Load Balancers and Caching
Module 12 - Elastic Beanstalk and Cloud Formation
Module 13 - Emerging Technologies in the Cloud
Module 14 - Billing and Support
Module 15 - Other Cloud Features
Module 16 - Optimizing the Cloud with the AWS CDK

Further information

Course material and assignments in Its Learning and AWS academy.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Personal assignments: 50 points
AWS Academy Course labs: 30 points
Project: 20 points

The assignments must be returned by the deadline to get the points. The assignments returned after the deadline will give you only half of the points.

The grading scale (points -> grade):

50 points -> 1
60 points -> 2
70 points -> 3
80 points -> 4
90 points -> 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Fail < 50 points

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50 points -> 1
60 points -> 2

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70 points -> 3
80 points -> 4

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90 points -> 5

Enrollment

24.07.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 65

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Ali Khan
Teacher in charge

Ali Khan

Scheduling groups
  • Group 1 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Group 2 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PTIETS23deai
    Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS23I
    Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
Small groups
  • Group 1
  • Group 2

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the most common data structures
- apply the most common data structures and algorithms connected to the use of these structures
- evaluate the efficiency of algorithms.

Content

- lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs and hash tables
- analysing and evaluating algorithms
- designing algorithms
- sorting methods
- search algorithms

Materials

Material available via the learning environment (ITS).

Teaching methods

Weekly contact 3 hours sessions for theory and practical exercises.
Additionally, if needed weekly 1h sessions for questions and support in exercises.

Exam schedules

No exam, and retake not possible after evaluation grade is published.

International connections

The course has 12 three-hour contact sessions where teacher present theory and examples and students work with practical tasks.
Additionally, students are able to receive extra guidance for exercises.

Electronic materials are used in the course. In addition, guidance is also organized online in order to reduce the carbon footprint caused by movement.

Completion alternatives

No possible

Student workload

Contact hours
- Course introduction: 3 hours
- 14 times 2h theory: 13 x 2h = 28 hours
- 14 times 1h demo 13 x 1h = 14 hours - Group 1
- 14 times 1h demo 13 x 1h = 14 hours - - Group 2
- 10 times 1h Q&A 10 X 1h = 10 hours
Home work:
- Working with assignments: approximately 80 hours

Total: approximately 130 hours

Content scheduling

Week 36: Course introduction

Session from Weeks 36 - 48
- Algorithms and algorithmic thinking
- Data structures
- Search algorithms
- Sorting algorithms

Contact hours according to lukkari.turkuamk.fi.

Further information

ITS and Teams.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is graded on a scale of 0-5.

You can achieve 80 points from practical exercises in class room and home work exercises.
Around half of the exercises are done during the contact hours.

Additionally, there is a group project of 20 points, passing group project is mandatory to pass the course.

Lastly, to pass the course the student need to get at least 40 marks in the exercises and at least 10 marks in the project.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% points in the exercises OR Student does not passed the group project.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50 points -> 1
60 points -> 2

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70 points -> 3
80 points -> 4

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90 points -> 5

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming, or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Marjo Aaltonen
Groups
  • PTIVIS24A
    PTIVIS24A

Objective

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students will gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society. In addition, they will learn to utilize tools and techniques to further develop their skills in authentic, field-specific contexts. More specifically, students will focus on developing their language and communication skills in.
Upon completing the course, the students should have acquired skills to communicate at level B2 according to European Framework of Reference for Languages, which states that at B2-level students should be able to produce clear, coherent and well-structured texts, present detailed descriptions related to one’s field of interest, express and exchange opinions using fluent language, follow complex arguments, and read longer articles and reports.

Content

- writing professional, field-specific texts
- presenting and discussing field-specific topics in a professional manner
- reading field-specific texts and utilizing the information in professional contexts
- learning and using key terminology of the field
- becoming professional, autonomous language users in working life

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Marjo Aaltonen
Groups
  • PTIVIS24B
    PTIVIS24B

Objective

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students will gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society. In addition, they will learn to utilize tools and techniques to further develop their skills in authentic, field-specific contexts. More specifically, students will focus on developing their language and communication skills in.
Upon completing the course, the students should have acquired skills to communicate at level B2 according to European Framework of Reference for Languages, which states that at B2-level students should be able to produce clear, coherent and well-structured texts, present detailed descriptions related to one’s field of interest, express and exchange opinions using fluent language, follow complex arguments, and read longer articles and reports.

Content

- writing professional, field-specific texts
- presenting and discussing field-specific topics in a professional manner
- reading field-specific texts and utilizing the information in professional contexts
- learning and using key terminology of the field
- becoming professional, autonomous language users in working life

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Marjo Aaltonen
Groups
  • PTIVIS24C
    PTIVIS24C

Objective

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students will gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society. In addition, they will learn to utilize tools and techniques to further develop their skills in authentic, field-specific contexts. More specifically, students will focus on developing their language and communication skills in.
Upon completing the course, the students should have acquired skills to communicate at level B2 according to European Framework of Reference for Languages, which states that at B2-level students should be able to produce clear, coherent and well-structured texts, present detailed descriptions related to one’s field of interest, express and exchange opinions using fluent language, follow complex arguments, and read longer articles and reports.

Content

- writing professional, field-specific texts
- presenting and discussing field-specific topics in a professional manner
- reading field-specific texts and utilizing the information in professional contexts
- learning and using key terminology of the field
- becoming professional, autonomous language users in working life

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

30.05.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 06.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jaakko Lamminpää
  • COS Opettaja
  • Antti Haarto
Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- model physical phenomena and apply the model in engineering
- recognise physical possibilities and limitations
- use measuring equipment
- do suitable measuring arrangement for a problem and complete the measurements
- estimate uncertainty of measurements and determine uncertainty for the results in simple cases
- make and analyse graphical presentations
- keep a laboratory notebook
- report results orally and in writing
- work safely at a laboratory
- work safely with different kinds of radioactive radiation
- handle waste developed in laboratory

Content

•safety at laboratory work
•physical modeling
•radioactive radiation
•measuring, evaluating errors of measurements, processing and analyzing results
•graphical presentations and reporting
•handling laboratory waste

Materials

Opettajan laatimaa materiaalia, joka jaetaan ItsLearning työtilan kautta.
Lisäksi:
Momentti 1, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Momentti 2, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen, Reijo Manninen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Tammertekniikka: Tekniikan kaavasto tai Otava: MAOL-taulukot

Teaching methods

lähiopetus, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö

Exam schedules

Loppukoe viikolla 50 lukujärjestyksen mukaisena aikana.
Uusintakoe suoritetaan seuraavan toteutuksen kokeen yhteydessä.
Muista opintojakson täydennyksistä sovitaan opettajan kanssa.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan fysiikan mittaamisen ja tulosten analysoinnin perustaitoja, jotka ovat insinöörityön perusta. Tehtävät sisältävät alakohtaisia sovellusesimerkkejä. Opintojaksolla käytetään kansainvälisiä fysiikan merkintätapoja ja terminologiaa, mikä antaa opiskelijoille valmiuksia ymmärtää kansainvälistä insinöörialan kirjallisuutta, standardeja yms. Tehtävien ratkomisessa opiskelijoita kannustetaan tiimityöskentelyyn. Opintojaksolla käytetään sähköistä oppimisympäristöä.

Student workload

Kontaktitunnit ja kokeet 28 h.
Itsenäinen opiskelu, harjoitustöihin valmistautuminen, raportointi ja loppukokeeseen valmistautuminen 100 h.

Content scheduling

• vk36/2024: Turvallisuus ja laboratoriokäytänteet
• vk36/2024: Yksiköt, mittaaminen ja raportointi
• vk37/2024: Graafiset esitykset ja kulmakeroimet
• vk38/2024 - vk47/2024: Laboratorioharjoitustöitä (8 kpl) ja 1 laaja ennakkotehtävä
• vk48/2024: Rästivuoro
• vk49/2024: Loppukoe

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Ohjattu harjoitustyö (1 kpl) arvioidaan asteikolla (0, kun työ on kokonaan suorittamatta, 0,5, kun mittaukset on tehty ja 1-2, kun myös raportti on hyväksytty)
Muiden harjoitustöiden (7 kpl) suoritus ja raportointi arvioidaan asteikolla 0-5 (0, kun työ on kokonaan suorittamatta).
Virtapiirit-työstä on laajempi ennakkotehtävä, joka arvioidaan asteikolla 0-3.
Harjoitustöitä on 8 kappaletta ja niistä arvioidaan 1 kappale asteikolla 0-2, 7 kappletta asteikolla 0-5 ja 1 ennakkotehtävä asteikolla 0-3, joten harjoitustöiden suorituksista saa korkeintaan 40 pistettä (1 x 2 + 7 x 5 + 1 x 3 pistettä).
Loppukokeesta korkeintaan 20 pistettä.
Siten yhteensä voi saada korkeintaan 60 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Alle 28 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Vähintään 28 pistettä ja alle 40 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Vähintään 40 pistettä ja alle 52 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Vähintään 52 pistettä.

Enrollment

05.08.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Hazem Al-Bermanei
Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the module, the student will be able to:
- Describe a 2D Cartesian coordinate space and how to locate points using that space and extend these ideas into 3D
- Calculate vectors and use them in games
- Describe some basic concepts of image and video processing and compression
- Calculate matrices and use them in games
- Learn about linear transformations (such as translations, scaling, skewing, and rotations) and multilinear transformations (including rotations about an arbitrary axis)
- Calculate algorithmic (Kolmogorov) complexity and understand how this is related to game performance

Content

- Cartesian Coordinate Systems
- Vectors
- Multiple Coordinate Spaces
- Matrices & Linear Transforms
- Polar Coordinate Systems
- Rotation
- Geometric Primitives
- Algorithmic complexity

Materials

1. Mathematics For Game Developers, Christopher Tremblay
2. Essential Mathematics for Games & Interactive Applications, James M.Van Verth and Lars M. Bishop

Teaching methods

Teacher-directed classroom activities, group work and independent work; project work, reports, task-based (homework)

International connections

The contents of the course give understanding of the basic gaming and graphical tools, and attempt to provide students with a conceptual understanding of the mathematics needed to create games, as well as an understanding of how these mathematical bases actually apply to games and graphics that are essential in the operating environment of an ICT engineer, such as game development and graphical designing.
The students will team up for a project work and writing reports on some current and relevant aspect of game math. The teams then present their work to the whole group, which gives everyone an opportunity to understand the topic; all students will develop their mathematical proficiency. In this way, all students will have the opportunity to view themselves as powerful learners of game mathematics.
Task-based assessment supports learning and is continuous throughout the course. Studying in an international group develops students’ ability to intercultural communication and multicultural collaboration

Student workload

Classroom activities: Classroom activities participation 50 h
Homework: Working on homework sets 1-6 25 h
Project work: Research, writing report + presentation material, presentation 30 h
Final exam: Preparing for the final exam 25 h

Content scheduling

September – December 2024.
9/24 - 11/24: theory, homework
10/24 - 11/24: project work +reports
12/24: final exam Or Report
• Cartesian Coordinate Systems
• Vectors
• Multiple Coordinate Spaces
• Matrices
• Matrices & Linear Transforms
• More on Matrices
• Polar Coordinate Systems
• Rotation
• Geometric Primitives

Further information

All practical information on timetables, project work, grading etc., as well as links to web materials are provided in Optima.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Homework sets 1-6: 30 %
-Total of thirty homework exercises based on reading material and classroom notes
-Diagnostic/formative self / teacher evaluation in connection with each homework set return session
Project work, reports, presentations: 40 %
-Each outcome of the project work is assessed independently (assessment criteria is specified in Optima)
-Peer feedback summative teacher feedback at the end of the course
Final exam: 30 %
-A written exam (1,5 hrs) on specified material
-Summative teacher evaluation at the end of the course

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 18.10.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • David Oliva
Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student can
- use discrete time in programming
- use physics theories in programming
- simulate practical and mechanical problems by programming
- construct and implement efficient algorithms of the topics above for game purposes

Content

- Algorithmics with focus on algorithm design and algorithm analysis
- Time in programming
- Kinematics and rotational motion
- Forces causing movement
- Collisions
- Using simulations in programming

Materials

Given by teacher every monday, but in case, any book/video related to game physics

Teaching methods

The course includes: 1) a lecture on mondays, where the weekly scope and the necessary theory or fundamentals are explained, 2) a workshop on thursdays where the students present their progress, 3) own-work to develop and improve software development skills.

Exam schedules

There are no exams in this course. Evaluation is based on weekly work and final work. See Assessment info.

International connections

The courser is very practical, i.e., the students creates every week they own projects according to the scope of the week and their own development goals.
Fundamentally, they need to Analyze -> think -> work -> solve -> show

Completion alternatives

Teacher will provide powerpoints, video materials, and in some cases code

Student workload

Between 21 October 2024 (Week 43) and 16th December 2024 (Week 51)
ATTENTION: Final dates published in ItsLearning. Always check ItsLearning!

Mondays from 9:00 to 12:00 in Auditorium. Class is face to face
Tuesdays. 4 hours own work
Wednesdays: 4 hours own work
Thursdays: from 9:00 to 12:00 in room C3031
Fridays: 4 hours own work

The used hours are approximately 135 which is equivalent to 5 ECTs

Content scheduling

The course starts on 21st October at 9:00, it ends on 16.12., and it is divided in 7 blocks.
The blocks and their corresponding goals are:

1.Tools
Learn basics related to the use of Unity to solve Physics in games
Understand connection between UI and hardcore coding

2. Cinematics
Use elemental physics equaltions to model different types of objects motion
Learn verification methods to test the correctness of the solution

3. Collisions
Understand frequent algorithms applied for collisions and avoidance of tunneling effect
Learn about changes of trayectories and velocities using collision principles

4. Sniper
Improve knowledge on projectile trayectories when considering physical effects like air resistance and air drag
Learn to use databases and second order equation fitting to empirical data

5. Acoustics
Learn basics of sound propagation and transmission in open and close spaces
Learn tools for immersive 3D-audio modelling in Unity

6. Fluids
Understand basics about smoke and flames propagation
Learn the use of shaders and other modelling tools for visually appealing representation of flames and smoke

7. Demo
Improve oral and visual presentation skills when pitching your game/demo

Further information

Monday and Thursday classes are mandatory!

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course presents to the students six topics of physics applied in games. Each week the student has to do a game-demo related to the topic and a 3 minute long video explaining the parts of the project and the final outlook.
Each video will be evaluated by the teacher(s), who will grade the video according to 8 qualities (Goal, Physics Methods, Programming Methods, Data Visualization, Originality of approach, Quality of implementation, Visual outlook, Overall). Each quality is graded from from 0 to 5 points, and the average is calculated.

Final video counts 20 % of final grade. Missing the final video is 1 point penalty from final grade. Deadline Sunday 15th December 23:59
6 weekly videos = 60 % (each 10 %). Missing the video by deadline is 0.5 points penalty from final grade. Deadline on following Sunday at 23:59
Self-evaluation = 10 % of weekly videos
Peer-evaluation = 10 % of weekly videos

Each student should grade 5 videos every week, by following Sunday after deadline. Not watching and grading videos implies to loose the points achieved by self-evaluation and peer-evaluation.

Mostly all the students pass this course, as it doesn't have exam and it is based on the work done during 7 weeks.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 1 point = Fail

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Between 1 and 1.79 points = 1
Between 1.8 and 2.59 points = 2

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Between 2.6 and 3.39 points = 3
Between 3.4 and 4.19 points = 4

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 4.2 points = 5

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 13.09.2024

Timing

13.09.2024 - 20.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

300 - 450

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Elina Asukas
  • Timo Linnossuo
  • Sanna Simola
Teacher in charge

Timo Linnossuo

Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • KORS21
    KORS21
  • INFS21
    INFS21
  • PTIETS22deai
    PTIETS22 Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS22O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • RAKS21
    RAKS21
  • PLILOS22A
    PLILOS22A
  • PTUTAS22B
    PTUTAS22B
  • PLILOS22
    PLILOS22
  • PBIOKES22
  • PLILOS22B
    PLILOS22B
  • PTUTAMS22
    PTUTAMS22
  • PKONTS22B
    PKONTS22B
  • PLILOS22KULJ
    PLILOS22Transport
  • PKONTS22A
    PKONTS22A
  • PRAKIS21
  • PTIETS22swis
    PTIETS22 Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIETS22sepm
    PTIETS22 Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PLILOS22HANK
    PLILOS22Purchasing
  • PTUTAS22PROD
    Product and production management
  • PTUTAS22LOG
    Procurement and logistics
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PMYYFS22
    Finacial Services
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTUTAS22
    PTUTAS22
  • PTUTAS22A
    PTUTAS22A
  • PKONTS22

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- participate in systematic research and development activities as a responsible member of the project team
- describe the principles of project team operation and project control
- explain the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
- use modern tools of project management in project planning and implementation
- solve problems related to project implementation
- apply his/her knowledge to achieve project goals
- document the project
- identify areas of further development related to one’s professional skills and is able to deepen one’s professional skills according to the project’s goals
- evaluate his/her learning and professional development in the project.
More detailed outcomes will be defined on a project basis and according to student’s degree programme and competence area.

Content

Innovation project is typically a development project implemented in co-operation with a company or another external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities or it can be based on a student’s or student team’s own project or business idea. Also development projects related to different student competitions are applicable.

The final extent, detailed contents, student workload and learning outcomes of the course will be defined on a project basis.

Materials

Students choose their theory to suit the project and their own learning goals.
Every student chooses one useful book to read. The book must be useful for the project and for students own learning.
Students gather all necessary info, knowledge, skills and tools to be able to succesfully finnish the project.

Teaching methods

Contact lessons/info, teamwork, individual work, reports. Pedagogical methods used: Project learning, problem based learning, CDIO and innovation pedagogy.

International connections

Innovation project is typically a development project implemented in co-operation with a company or another external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities or it can be based on a student’s, student team’s own project, or business idea. In addition, development projects related to different student competitions are applicable.
Students select their preferred projects they want to work after exhibition.
After completing the course, the student can:
• participate in systematic research and development activities as a responsible member of the project team
• describe the principles of project team operation and project control
• explain the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
• use modern tools of project management in project planning and implementation
• solve problems related to project implementation
• apply his/her knowledge to achieve project goals
• document the project
• identify areas of further development related to one’s professional skills and is able to deepen one’s professional skills according to the project’s goals
• evaluate his/her learning and professional development in the project.

Student workload

4 hours on Tuesday and 4 hours on Friday
Additionally student work in (SCRUM or other project management methods) team together with rest of team member.

Content scheduling

13.09.2024 - 20.12.2024.
• Innovation project is an onsite course. Working on Campus on Tuesdays and Fridays at 08-12. Absences for a maximum of 3 acceptable reasons.
• Project Work for pre-selected companies or organizations
• Working in groups of 6-10 students
• Each project has dedicated coach (staff member) and product owner (typically customer representative).
• SCRUM or some other method for project management
Idea/creation phase: Sep-Dec
Execution/prototyping phase:

Further information

Coordinators:
Linnossuo Timo
Sanna Simola

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Things to evaluate in Capstone:
• Attending group meetings
• Willingly accepts assigned tasks
• Contributes positively to group discussions.
• Completes work on time or make alternative arrangements.
• Helps others with their work when needed.
• Work accurately and completely, quality of the work is sufficient.
• Contribute a fair share to weekly tasks.
• Works to find out how to solve a problem and suggesting ideas.
• Overall is valuable member of the team.

The course is evaluated with grades 0-5. Assessment based on feedback from groups peer assessment, tutor’s assessment, and POs assessment. Peer assessment and turtor asesment will be done constantly during the course.
Individual learning portfolio and project teams deliverables and documentation of project work will be used as assessment material for grading together with Peer-, tutor and PO evaluations.
Feedback and acting on it is important part of assessment of students learning and skills.

Each project documents the process and Deliverables and reports them to the PO.
Each student documents her/his learning process and work individually in Learning Portfolio.
The documentations (group and individual), the group Reports and the individual the Learning Portfolios will be part of the evaluation and grading of student work and learning.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

• Student has not contributed to group discussions.
• Student has not helped others when needed.
• Student has not returned assignments.
• Student has not contributed a fair share to weekly tasks.
• Student has not worked to find out how to solve a problem.
• Level of the final result is poor.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

• Student has contributed to group discussions.
• Student has completed work late or after reminder.
• Student has helped others when needed on acceptably way.
• The quality of assignments made by the student is satisfactory.
• Student has contributed a fair share to weekly tasks on acceptably way.
• Student has worked to find out how to solve a problem on acceptably way.
• Student has collected and documented feedback from peers, tutor and PO.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grades (3 and 4) is placed between commendable and acceptably

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

• Student has contributed positively to group discussions.
• Student has completed work on time on commendable way.
• Student has helped others with their work.
• The quality of assignments made by the student is commendable.
• Student has contributed a fair share to weekly tasks on commendably way.
• Student has worked to find out how to solve a problem and suggesting ideas on commendable way.
• Student has collected, documented and used feedback from peers, tutor and PO to imoprove his skills and work.

Enrollment

30.05.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jaakko Lamminpää
  • COS Opettaja
  • Antti Haarto
Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- use quantities and units in accordance with the SI system
- solve problems consist of motion
- make graphical presentations and analyze them
- draw free-body diagram
- solve problems involved forces using Newton´s laws
- apply work and conservation of energy to solve problems
- calculate electric and magnetic forces acting on particles and the wave motion of an electro-magnetic fields in engineer’s work
- describe measurement techniques of temperature

Content

- SI system of units
- kinematics, friction
- Newton´s laws with some applications
- work, power and energy
- electric and magnetic fields

Materials

Momentti 1, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Momentti 2, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen, Reijo Manninen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Tammertekniikka: Tekniikan kaavasto tai Otava: MAOL-taulukot
Lisäksi verkkomateriaalia ja opettajan laatimaa materiaalia, joka jaetaan ItsLearning työtilan kautta.

Teaching methods

lähiopetus, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö, virtuaaliopetus

Exam schedules

1. osakoe vk 44
2. osakoe vk 50
Vain toisen osakokeen voi uusia. Osakokeen uusimismahdollisuus järjestetään
joulukuussa 2024 - tammikuussa 2025 myöhemmin ilmoitettavana aikana.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan fysiikan perustaitoja, jotka ovat insinöörityön perusta. Esimerkit ja tehtävät sisältävät alakohtaisia sovellusesimerkkejä. Opintojaksolla käytetään kansainvälisiä fysiikan merkintätapoja ja terminologiaa, mikä antaa opiskelijoille valmiuksia ymmärtää kansainvälistä insinöörialan kirjallisuutta, standardeja yms. Tehtävien ratkomisessa opiskelijoita kannustetaan tiimityöskentelyyn. Opintojaksolla käytetään sähköistä oppimisympäristöä.

Completion alternatives

Mikäli opiskelija haluaa suorittaa opintojakson näyttökokeella ilman kotitehtäviä, niin siitä on erikseen sovittava opettajan kanssa.

Student workload

Kontaktitunnit ja kokeet 52 h
Itsenäinen opiskelu, kotitehtävät ja osakokeisiin valmistautuminen (loppukokeeseen valmistautuminen) 75 h

Content scheduling

9/2024 - 10/2024: Suureet, yksiköt, etenevä liike, heittoliike, vapaakappalekuvat, voimista (Newtonin lait), paino, kitka, työ ja energia, liikemäärä; osakoe 1
11/2024 - 12/2024: Sähköstatiikkaa, Coulombin laki, sähkökenttä ja -potentiaali, kondensaattorit, DC-piirit, magnetismioppia, induktio ja AC, muuntaja; osakoe 2
12/2024 - 1/2025: Osakokeiden uusinnat.

Further information

Opintojaksolla tarvitaan laskinta (funktiolaskin tai graafinen laskin).

(Avoin AMK 3 paikkaa)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Kotitehtävien suorituksista korkeintaan 66 pistettä (jokaisesta oikein ratkaistusta tehtävästä saa pisteen)
Osakokeista yhteensä korkeintaan 60 pistettä (2 x 30 pistettä)

Osakokeista on saatava yhteensä vähintään 12 pistettä.
Osakokeen 1 alueesta on tehtävä ainakin 12 kotitehtävää.
Osakokeen 2 alueesta on tehtävä ainakin 10 kotitehtävää.
Yhteensä on kuitenkin saatava vähintään 50 pistettä

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Yhteensä alle 50 pistettä.
tai
Osakaokeista yhteensä alle 12 pistettä
tai
Osakokeen 1 alueesta on tehty alle 12 kotitehtävää.
tai
Osakokeen 2 alueesta on tehty alle 10 kotitehtävää.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Yhteensä vähintään 50 pistettä ja alle 74 pistettä sekä osakokeista yhteensä vähintään 12 pistettä ja kotitehtävistä vähintään 12+10 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Vähintään 74 pistettä ja alle 98 pistettä sekä osakokeista yhteensä vähintään 12 pistettä ja kotitehtävistä vähintään 12+10 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Vähintään 98 pistettä.

Qualifications

High school mathematics courses (higher or subsidiary level)
OR
Primary+secondary school and vocational school mathematics curriculum
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

After completing the course, the student
• can handle mathematical expressions and formulas within the engineering framework.
• understands the principles of solving equations and can solve equations encountered within technical applications.
• understands the basics of vector algebra and can apply vectors for modelling and solving technical problems.
• understands the basics concepts of geometry and trigonometry, and can apply them in modelling and problem solving.
• understands the concept of function and knows basic properties of functions.
• can apply functions for modelling and solving technical problems.
• understands the basic concepts of matrix algebra.
• can apply simultaneous equations for modelling and solving technical problems.
• can apply correct mathematical notations within the engineering framework.

Content

• Real numbers
• Basic arithmetic operations and the order of operations
• Algebraic expressions
• First and second order of polynomial equations and inequalities
• Simultaneous linear equations
• Radical functions and equations
• Exponential and logarithmic functions and equations
• Angles and angular units
• Right triangle and trigonometry
• Trigonometric functions and the unit circle
• Trigonometric equations
• The sine and cosine rules
• Basic concepts of vector algebra and modelling with vectors
• Scalar product and cross product of two vectors
• Basics of matrix algebra, determinant, inverse of a square matrix
• Field-specific content

Materials

ITSL-sivulta löytyvät:
Luentomuistiinpanot
Laskuharjoitusten tehtävät ja vastaukset

Teaching methods

Luennot
Laskuharjoitukset
Kokeet

Exam schedules

OSA1:
Osakoe1 ja sen uusinta lokakuussa
OSA2:
Osakoe2 ja sen uusinta joulukuussa

Lopullinen uusinta seuraavan vuoden tammikuussa:
voi tehdä jomman kumman tai kummatkin osakokeista, jos ei ole päässyt kurssista läpi.

Student workload

13*3h OSA1-luennot
2*2h kokeet
13*3h OSA2-luennot
2*2h kokeet
loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua

Content scheduling

Syyskuu-lokakuu, OSA1:
- aritmetiikka
- polynomit
- funktiot ja yhtälöt
- trigonometria

Lokakuu-joulukuu, OSA2:
- kompleksiluvut
- matriisilaskenta
- vektorilaskenta
- lukujärjestelmät

Further information

Sähköposti.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Osakokeista täytyy saada 16/40 pistettä yhteensä päästäkseen läpi.
Laskuharjoituksista saatavat lisäpisteet parantavat arvosanaa, niitä voi saada max 10 pistettä.
Arvosanataulukko pisteiden mukaan:
0-15: 0
16-22: 1
23-29: 2
30-35: 3
36-42: 4
43-50: 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Ei tarpeeksi pisteitä kokeista.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Qualifications

Introduction to mathematical sciences or corresponding skills.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Marko Teräspuro
Groups
  • Ptivis23T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS23dncs
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

• Configure switches and end devices to provide access to local and remote network resources.

• Explain how physical and data link layer protocols support the operation of Ethernet in a switched network.

• Configure routers to enable end-to-end connectivity between remote devices.

• Create IPv4 and IPv6 addressing schemes and verify network connectivity between devices.

• Explain how the upper layers of the OSI model support network applications.

• Use security best practices to configure a small network.

• Troubleshoot connectivity in a small network.

Content

CCNAv7 Introduction to Networks (ITN) course introduces students to networking architectures, models, protocols, and components. These components facilitate the connection of users, devices, applications and data through the internet and across modern computer networks. By the end of the course, students can perform basic configurations for routers and switches to build simple local area networks (LANs) that integrate IP addressing schemes and foundational network security.

Materials

All needed material will be available online in https://cisco.netacad.com
Further course enrollment instructions are provided by instructor.
Please register to the site using school email.

Exam schedules

Theory final exam and Packet Tracer exam will held in course.
You can do one re-exam within course deadline.
NOTE: Course ending time shown in academy system is not real, please check the course plan for end date!

Student workload

Lecturing and laboratory work each week
Independent studying, including:

- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Preparation for finals exam(s)

Content scheduling

Course covers the architecture, structure, functions and components of the Internet and other computer networks. Students achieve a basic understanding of how networks operate and how to build simple local area networks (LAN), perform basic configurations for routers and switches, and implement Internet Protocol (IP).
By the end of the course, students will be able to:

- Configure switches and end devices to provide access to local and remote netwok resources.
- Explain how physical and data link layer protocols support the operation of Ethernet in a switched network.
- Configure routers to enable end-to-end connectivity between remote devices.
- Create IPv4 and IPv6 addressing schemes and verify network connectivity between devices.
- Explain how the upper layers of the OSI model support network applications.
- Configure a small network with security best practices.
- Troubleshoot connectivity in a small network.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Laboratory assignments in laboratory room
Packet tracer assignments done at home
Module exams
Practice final exams
Theory final exam and Packet Tracer final exam.

The overall result is the sum of the all results of the assignments and exams, passing limit is 50%.
Detailed grading limits will be provided in course plan when course starts but past grading limits have been the following:

Less than 50% Fail
50-59% Grade 1
60-69% Grade 2
70-79% Grade 3
80-89% Grade 4
90% or higher Grade 5

Qualifications

Internet Networks and Security (5051215) or equal skill.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Marko Teräspuro
Groups
  • Ptivis23T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS23dncs
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is familiar with Linux-based system use
- understands the concepts of virtual machines
- is able to install programs and modify settings
- can implement system security improvements

Content

- using Linux as an operating system
- virtual machine usage
- program installation and management
- enhancing system security

Materials

All needed material will be available online in https://cisco.netacad.com
Further course enrollment instructions are provided by instructor.
Please register to the site using school email.

Exam schedules

Theory final exam and practical exam will held in course.
You can do one re-exam within course deadline.
NOTE: Course ending time shown in academy system is not real, please check the course plan for end date!

Student workload

Lecturing and laboratory work each week
Independent studying, including:

- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Preparation for finals exam(s)

Content scheduling

Students who complete the course will be able to perform the following functions:

- Basic Linux command line skills
- How to use help commands and navigate help systems when using Linux
- How to work with Linux files and directories
- Search and extract data from Linux files
- Creating users and groups on a Linux system
- Managing Linux file permissions and ownership

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Laboratory assignments in lab and at home using virtual machines
Module exams
Theory final exam and practical exam.

The overall result is the sum of the all results of the assignments and exams, passing limit is 50%.
Detailed grading limits will be provided in course plan when course starts but past grading limits have been the following:

Less than 50% Fail
50-59% Grade 1
60-69% Grade 2
70-79% Grade 3
80-89% Grade 4
90% or higher Grade 5

Qualifications

Course Internet Networks and Security

Enrollment

30.05.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

70 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student can
- apply logical rules and notation
- compute and apply permutations and combinations
- apply the concepts and properties of divisibility and congruence
- process arithmetic and geometric sequences and sums
- calculate the sum of a converging infinite geometric series
- form Taylor polynomials and utilize them in numerical computation
- determine coefficients for Fourier-series expansions using mathematical computation tools

Content

- Fundamentals of logic
- Basics od number theory with applications
- Basics of combinatorics with applications
- Sequences and series
- Taylor series
- Fourier series

Materials

ITSL-sivulta löytyvät:
Luentomuistiinpanot ja tehtävät
MATLAB-ohjeet
Harjoituskoe

Teaching methods

Luennot
Laskuharjoitukset
MATLAB-harjoitustehtävät
Kokeet
Vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö

Exam schedules

Sarjat:
Osakoe ennen syyslomaa ja uusinta sen jälkeen.
Tietotekniikan matematiikka:
Osakoe ja sen uusinta ennen joululomaa

Lopullinen uusinta ennen joululomaa:
voi tehdä jomman kumman tai kummatkin osakokeista, jos ei ole päässyt kurssista läpi.

Student workload

6*3h sarjat-osuuden luennot
5*2h sarjat-osuuden laskuharjoitukset
10*3h tietotekniikan matematiikan luennot
5*2h kokeet
loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua
vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö, + 2op

Content scheduling

Syyskuu-lokakuu, sarjat:
- Lukujonot, aritmeettinen ja geometrinen lukujono, lukujonon raja-arvo
- Lukujonon summat, aritmeettinen ja geometrinen summa
- Sarjat, geometrinen sarja ja suppeneminen
- Taylorin sarja
- Fourierin sarja
- Fourierin muunnos (vapaaehtoinen)

Lokakuu-joulukuu, tietotekniikan matematiikka:
- Logiikka
- Kombinatoriikka; yhteenlasku/kertolaskusääntö, permutaatiot, kombinaatiot
- Lukuteoria: alkuluvut, syt/pym, Eukleideen algoritmi, kongruenssi/modulolaskenta, hajautusfunktiot, jäännösluokkarengas, RSA-algoritmi

Further information

Sähköposti.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Osakokeista täytyy saada vähintään 40 % pisteitä päästäkseen läpi.
Laskuharjoituksista saatavat lisäpisteet parantavat arvosanaa.
Sarjat-osuuden tehtävistä 25 kpl on pakollisia, jotta voi päästä kurssista läpi.
Arvosanataulukko löytyy ITSL-sivulta.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Ei tarpeeksi pisteitä kokeista, vähintään 40 % tarvitaan.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosanataulukko löytyy ITSL-sivulta.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosanataulukko löytyy ITSL-sivulta.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosanataulukko löytyy ITSL-sivulta.

Qualifications

Previous mathematics courses of ICT engineering curriculum (or equivalent skills):
Introduction to Engineering Mathematics
Calculus

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

60 - 106

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Leena Hämölä-Glorioso
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Materials

Lecturer's material in ITSlearning

Teaching methods

- contact/online lessons
- online studies
- recording

Content scheduling

Contents:
- education
- employment
- numerical expressions
- telephoning and sending e-mail
- IT vocabulary and current topics
- (yritykset ja niiden toiminta)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Englanniksi
0-5. The grade is based on active participation in lessons, oral assignments

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

20 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Heli Söderlund-Laihinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

20 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Heli Söderlund-Laihinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

20 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Heli Söderlund-Laihinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

60 - 105

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Leena Hämölä-Glorioso
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

The student can communicate in writing in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Materials

- lecturer's material in Itslearning

Exam schedules

written exam

International connections

- lectures
- written assignments
- online studies

Content scheduling

Contents:
- describing your education
- work experience and CV
- IT vocabulary and current topics in technology
- telephoning and writing email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

0-5. The grade is based on active participation in contact lessons, written assignments, 1-2 word tests and a written exam.

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 14.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mauri Suhonen
  • Poppy Skarli
  • Leena Mattila
  • Tiina Ferm
Groups
  • PTIVIS21O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIETS21swis
    PTIETS21 Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIVIS21H
    Terveysteknologia
  • PTIVIS21T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS21dncs
    PTIETS21 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS21sepm
    PTIETS21 Software engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS21S
    Embedded Software and IoT
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Materials

Materials in Itslearning

Teaching methods

contact teaching, task-based learning, independent study

Exam schedules

N/A

International connections

The course covers the basic skills of research communication and goes through the thesis process.

Completion alternatives

No alternative methods of attainment

Student workload

The course schedule will be published in Itslearning. Instruction in Finnish and instruction in English in alternate weeks. Typically, the course has 13 sessions (1 x kickoff to the course, 6 x classes in English, 6x classes in Finnish)
Contact classes: 2 x 14h = 28h (14h in Finnish, 14 h in English)
Students' own work : 31h
Students can attend either Finnish or English or both language sessions. However, it is recommended that they attend the classes in the language in which they will write their thesis.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved: active attendance at least 5 Research Communication lessons and attendance at least 2 Thesis seminars and a topic paper done.
Failed: Less than 5 active attendances Research Communication lessons and/or less than 2 attendances Thesis seminars and/or topic paper not done.

Content scheduling

Basics of academic writing
Theses: Types and relevant agreements
The process of thesis writing ( from thesis topic idea to publication)
Basic skills in thesis writing and thesis reporting
Information search

Further information

The course is online course, the link is in Itslearning.
The course is run in parallel in Finnish and English. In English starts in week 2 and is every other week, in Finnish begins in week 5.

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failed: Less than 5 active attendances Researc Communication lessons and/or less than 2 attendances Thesis seminars and/or topic paper not done.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

N/A

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

N/A

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

N/A